SM 4 PDF

Service
Workshop Manual
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ ,
CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ ,
Caddy 2011 ➤ , Caddy 2016 ➤ ,
Crafter 2006 ➤ , Eos 2006 ➤ ,
Golfy Vo2004lksw
agen
➤ , Golf
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes 2009 ➤ ,
not
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf 2015 ➤,

b gu
d ara
ise nte
or
ss Golf Cabriolet 2012 ➤ ,

h eo
aut ra
c
Golf Plus 2005 ➤ , Golf Plus 2009 ➤ , ce

le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Golf Sportsvan 2015 ➤ , y li

erm
ab
ility
Golf Variant 2007 ➤ ,
ot p
wit
is n

h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Golf Variant 2015 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ ,

Jetta 2005 ➤ , Jetta 2011 ➤ ,
rrectne
Jetta 2015 ➤ , New Beetle 1999 ➤ ,

ss
New Beetle Cabrio 2003 ➤ ,

o
cial p
f inform
Passat 2006 ➤ , Passat 2011 ➤ ,

mer
atio
Passat 2015 ➤ ,
om
n
c
i
or
Passat (NMS - US) 2012 ➤ ,

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Passat (NMS - US) 2016 ➤ ,

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Passat CC 2009 ➤ ,
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Passat Variant 2006 ➤ ,

gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Passat Variant 2011 ➤ ,

cted agen
Prote AG.
Passat Variant 2015 ➤ , Phaeton 2003 ➤ ,

Polo 2002 ➤ , Polo 2010 ➤ ,
Polo 2014 ➤ , Polo KH IN 2010 ➤ ,
Polo KH IN 2015 ➤ ,
Polo KH MY 2014 ➤ ,
Polo KH MY 2015 ➤ ,
Polo Lim IN 2011 ➤ ,
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
Polo Lim IN 2016 ➤ ,

Polo Lim MY 2014 ➤ ,
Polo Lim MY 2016 ➤ ,
Polo Lim RUS 2011 ➤ ,
Polo Lim RUS 2016 ➤ , Scirocco 2009 ➤ ,
Scirocco 2015 ➤ , Sharan 1996 ➤ ,
Sharan 2011 ➤ , Sharan 2016 ➤ ,
The Beetle Cabriolet 2012 ➤ ,
Tiguan 2008 V➤ olks
wa,ge Touaregdoe2003
n AG. Volkswagen AG
s no ➤,
Touareg 2010 ➤ , Touareg 2015 ➤,
t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
Touran s2003 ➤ , Touran 2016 ➤r ac ,
tho eo
u
sa
Transporter 2004 ➤ ,
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Transporter 2010 ➤ ,
itte
y li
erm
ab
Transporter 2016 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ ,
ility
ot p
wit
is n
e-up! 2014 ➤ , up! 2012 ➤

h re
ole,
spec
General information, Paint t to the co
Edition 11.2015
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Repair Group
00 - Technical data
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics,

ion
c
because their careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to

in t
or
his
e
ensure vehicle road-worthiness and safety. In addition, the normal basic safety
at
do
riv
precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a matter of course, be

p
cum
or
observed.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
All rights reserved.
No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2016 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B802605A6

Service
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2016 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B802605A6

Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
Contents a does
ksw not
Vol gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
00 - Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s.s . . . . . . . . . au
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a.c . ... 1
r
ce
e
1 Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
nl
pt
du
an
1.1 Safety precautions when painting natural gas-powered vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
itte
y li
erm
ab
1.2 Safety precautions when painting electric drive vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
ility
ot p
2 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
wit
, is n
h re
2.1 Paintwork structure of a factory finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
hole
spec
2.2 Paintwork in Aftersales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.3 General procedure for treating areas which were sanded through down to the substrate (bare
metal surfaces) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4 Reduced paint structure in engine compartment and inside of bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
rrectness of i
2.5 Instructions for work on underbody and stone chip protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.6 Pre-treatment of bonded surfaces when renewing laser-welded roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
l purpos
2.7 Corrosion protection measures for wing surface in contact with wheel housing liner . . . . 13
2.8 Notes on treating corroded fold areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
nf
ercia
o
2.9 Corrosion protection for body components, add-on components and welded components
rm
m
atio
........................................................................ 16
om
n in
2.10 Painting parking aid sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
or c
thi
e
2.11 ACC — Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

t
sd
iva
o
r
3 Genuine products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
3.1 Paint products in customer service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . yi

t.
Co 19
op
3.2 General application instructions for repair and painting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
C py
t. rig
gh
3.3 Filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
3.4 Priming metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.5 Priming plastic materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.6 Surfacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
3.7 Top coats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.8 Clear coats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
3.9 Hardener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
3.10 Thinners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
3.11 Anti-corrosion materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
3.12 Underseal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
3.13 Stone chip guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
3.14 Wax-based underseal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
3.15 Sealing materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
3.16 Cleaning agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
3.17 SprayMax System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
3.18 Additional materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
4 Workshop equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
4.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
4.2 Tack cloths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Contents i
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ii Contents
00 – Technical data
1 Safety information
(VRL008365; Edition 11.2015)
⇒ “1.1 Safety precautions when painting natural gas-powered ve‐
hicles”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Safety precautions when painting electric drive vehicles”,
page 2
1.1 Safety precautions when painting natu‐

ral gas-powered vehicles
DANGER!
Excessively high drying temperatures endanger life! High tem‐

peratures increase the pressure in the tank for natural gas or
liquefied petroleum gas. Excessive pressure can cause the
tank for natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas to burst, causing
severe injuries or death. wage
e
olks s no
High temperatures trigger bthe
y V thermal fuse of the cut-off valvegu t
ara
ed
on natural gas tanks.hoIncreased
ris pressure due to high temper‐ ntee
atures triggers thes apressure
ut relief valve on liquefied gas tanks. or
ac
Gas escapes froms the tank for natural gas or liquefied gas and, ce
le
in the presence of sparks, can produce a jet of flames. This

un
pt
an
may result in severe injuries or death.
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Never expose gas-conducting components to tempera‐

pe
ility
tures higher than +60°C.

ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ For drying in an oven above +60°, first remove all tanks

hole
spec
for natural gas or liquefied gas and vent all gas lines.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ For infrared drying, never expose gas-conducting compo‐

nents of the high-pressure storage system to tempera‐
tures above +60°.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Observe safety precautions and other instructions when working

on gas-powered vehicles (»LPG« or »CNG«):
nform
ercia
Observe safety precautions ⇒ Fuel supply system – natural gas

m
engines; Rep. gr. 00 ; Safety precautions

a
com
tion in
Remove fuel tank ⇒ Fuel supply system – natural gas engines;

r
te o
thi
Rep. gr. 20 ; Fuel tank; Removing and installing fuel tank

s
iva
do
r
rp
Additional notes:
um
fo
en
ng
t.
♦ ⇒ Self-study Programme No. 262; Natural gas – an alternative
yi Co
op py
fuel for vehicles t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ ⇒ Self-study Programme No. 373; Natural gas drive EcoFuel
co Vo
by lksw
cted
in Touran and Caddy
agen
Prote AG.
♦ ⇒ Self-study Programme No. 425; Natural gas drive EcoFuel

with 1.4 l 110 kW TSI engine
♦ ⇒ Self-study Programme No. 427; Autogas drive BiFuel
♦ ⇒ Self-study Programme No. 528; Natural gas drive in Golf/
Golf Estate TGI Blue Motion
1. Safety information 1
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ a,uCaddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
th or
ac
General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015 ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
1.2 Safety precautions when painting elec‐
itte
y li
erm
ab
tric drive vehicles
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Caution
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Danger of damage to battery cells at excessive drying temper‐
atures!
♦ For drying temperatures of +80°C, observe the flash-off
rrectness of i
period of 30 minutes max.
l purpos
♦ For drying temperatures of +60℃, observe the flash-off
period of 45 minutes max.
nf
ercia
o
♦ When IR drying, make sure to protect all high-voltage
rm
m
components from direct exposure to IR radiation.
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
Safety precautions when working on electric drive:

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
⇒ Rep. gr. 00 ; Safety information
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Golf 2009 blue-e-motion C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
The above-mentioned instructions for drying do not apply to the cop Vo
by lksw
Golf 2009 blue-e-motion. In these vehicles, high-voltage battery cted agen
Prote AG.
must be removed before baking.
2 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data

2 General notes
⇒ “2.1 Paintwork structure of a factory finish”, page 3
⇒ “2.2 Paintwork in Aftersales”, page 5
⇒ “2.3 General procedure for treating areas which were sanded
through down to the substrate (bare metal surfaces)”, page 8
⇒ “2.4 Reduced paint structure in engine compartment and inside
of bonnet”, page 8
⇒ “2.5 Instructions for work on underbody and stone chip protec‐
tion”, page 8
⇒ “2.6 Pre-treatment of bonded surfaces when renewing laser-
welded roofs”, page 10
⇒ “2.7 Corrosion protection measures for wing surface in contact
with wheel housing liner”, page 13
⇒ “2.8 Notes on treating corroded fold areas”, page 14
⇒ “2.9 Corrosion protection for body components, add-on com‐
ponents and welded components”, page 16
⇒ “2.10 Painting parking aid sensor”, page 17
⇒ “2.11 ACC — Adaptive Cruise Control”, page 18
2.1 Paintwork
swa
gen AG structure
. Volkswagen AGof a factory finish
does
k not
Vol g
Structuresof by
ed a solid-colour (uni) paint finish, conventional
ua
ran
ri tee
ho
Coatathickness
ut approx. 80-120 µm or
ac
ss
1- Sheet steel
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
2- Zinc phosphate
y li
erm
ab
3- Electrophoretic primer
ility
ot p
wit
is n
4- Intermediate surfacer
h re
ole,
spec
5- 2-pack uni (solid-colour) top coat

t to the co
rrectne
Structure of a uni (solid-colour) paint finish, waterborne paint

Coat thickness approx. 80-130 µm
ss o
cial p
1- Sheet steel
f inform
mer
2- Zinc phosphate
atio
m
3- Electrophoretic finish
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
4- Waterborne surfacer
t
sd
iva
o
pr
5- Waterborne base coat

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
6- 2-pack clear coat
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. General notes 3
Structure of metallic and pearlescent finish (waterborne paint)

1- Sheet steel
2- Zinc phosphate
5- Metallic or pearlescent waterborne base coat
Structure of a two-coat paint finish (conventional)

Coat thickness approx. 100 µm
1- Sheet steel agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
2- Zinc phosphate byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
3- Electrophoretic
aut
h finish ra
ss c
4- Intermediate surfacer ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
5- Uni (solid-colour) top coat
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Structure of the 2010-process finish (waterborne paint)

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1- Sheet steel
rrectness of i
2- Zinc phosphate
l purpos
4- Waterborne base coat (special-effect coat)
nf
ercia

rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Structure of a three-coat paint finish (waterborne paint)

1- Sheet steel
2- Zinc phosphate
5- Waterborne base coat (colour-determining base coat)
6- Waterborne base coat (special-effect coat)
Note
♦ The specifications of coat thickness are approximate because

thickness can vary depending on colour and differences be‐
tween horizontal and vertical surfaces.
♦ The specifications may be exceeded by individual vehicles
which have been repainted once or several times. However,
this need not be communicated.
2.2 Paintwork in Aftersales

Panels galvanised on both sides
Earlier attempts at flanged pairings have resulted in the fact that
only panels that are galvanised on both sides are used now. Only
in this way can the cathodic protection and the barrier effect of
the zinc layer work together to provide optimum results. In par‐
ticular, the cut edges which are less well protected by paint
(subject to thinning of the paint coating at the edge) are provided
with additional protection. swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
Note utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
♦ Please make sure

un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ that when repairing bodywork all metal edges are properly de‐
y li
rm
ab
burred.
pe
ility
ot
wit
♦ that zinc/electrophoretic primer layer is fully present on un‐

, is n
h re
painted inner surfaces.

hole
spec
♦ that inner weld flanges and sanded-through spots are treated

es, in part or in w
t to the co
with INOX spray - D 007 600 A1- .
Filling
rrectness of i
To restore the contours of bodywork surfaces, filler materials are

l purpos
nowadays considered as an integral part of bodyshop construc‐

tion and paintshop operations. Please be sure to allow for the
differing base surface requirements.
nform
ercia
Product information:
m
a
com
tion in
♦ ⇒ “3.3 Filler”, page 57

r
te o
thi
Primer
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
The primer is the most important component in the corrosion pro‐

fo
en
ng
tection system, as it prevents water and oxygen from getting to

t.
yi Co
op
the metal surface. Genuine Parts are usually coated with black C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. General notes 5
electrophoretic primer. What type of primer is used depends on

the application.
Note
♦ The electrophoretic primer coating is not resistant to UV and

acid. Consequently, replacement parts must also be painted
from the inside. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks o
♦ Any areas which ewere
db
y V sanded through down to the substrate
t gu
ara
(bare metal surfaces)
ris must always be primed using 2-pack
nte
tho e
wash primers a - LHV 043 000 A2- , and then 2-pack HS Per‐ or ac
u
formance surfacer
s must be applied.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ ⇒ “3.4 Priming metal”, page 76
ot
wit
, is n
♦ ⇒ “3.5 Priming plastic materials”, page 88
h re
hole
spec
Surfacer
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The surfacer plays only a secondary role in terms of corrosion
protection. Nevertheless, use of the right surfacer in Aftersales is
essential.
rrectness of i
Function:
l purpos
♦ Surfacer protects the body against stone chips. So make sure

the surfacer layer is of the appropriate depth in the area ex‐ nform
ercia
posed to stone chipping.

m
♦ Surfacer is used to prepare surfaces. Scoring can be levelled

com
tio
out.
n in
r
te o
thi
♦ Coloured surfacer improves the coverage of shades with poor

s
iva
do
coverage.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ ⇒ “3.6 Surfacer”, page 91
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
PVC seam sealing and undersealing
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ Seam seals made during repair work must be identical in ap‐

pearance and thickness to the original seam seals.
♦ To avoid damage or faulty operation, brush seam seals
smooth near attachments which must be attached.
♦ Water drainage holes must remain clear.
♦ All threaded studs and welded nuts with metric threads as well
as all other studs and contact surfaces for assembly must be
functional following the extent of the sealing work.
♦ Sealant must never be applied to bare metal. Substrates must
always be coated with surfacer first.
To prevent water from penetrating into flanges, panel folds in crit‐

ical areas of the body are sealed with paste-form, solvent-free
PVC. A varying thickness of PVC layer is also sprayed onto pre‐
cisely defined zones on the external floor pan and in the wheel
housings to protect against stone chips and prevent droning.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
General sw agen
information, Paint - Edition
oes 11.2015
ol k no t gu
yV
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Note s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Before sealing/applying underseal, always insulate the sur‐
an
d
itte
y li
face with primer and surfacer.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Always isolate areas on which a corrosion damage has been
wit
is n
repaired as well as any bare metal surfaces using 2-pack wash
h re
primer - LHV 043 000 A2- , and then apply 2-pack HS Per‐
ole,
spec
formance surfacer .
t to the co
♦ Make sure the underseal layer is of the specified thickness.
rrectne
♦ ⇒ “3.12 Underseal”, page 240
ss
♦ ⇒ “3.13 Stone chip guard”, page 252
o
cial p
f in
♦ ⇒ “3.15 Sealing materials”, page 264
form
mer
atio
Top coat/base coat
om
n
c
i
or
n
The primary role of the top coat/base coat is decorative. It plays
thi
e
only a secondary role in terms of corrosion protection.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
The paints have varying coverage depending on their pigmenta‐

fo
en
ng
tion. Pay attention to the manufacturers' specifications.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ ⇒ “3.7 Top coats”, page 135
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Clear coat
The primary role of the clear coat is decorative. The clear coat
likewise plays only a secondary role in terms of corrosion protec‐
tion. The clear coat protects the base coat against UV radiation
and from environmental damage such as by the acid in bird drop‐
pings.
♦ ⇒ “3.8 Clear coats”, page 180
Wax sealing/cavity sealing
Wax/cavity sealing plays a key role in terms of corrosion protec‐
tion. Various materials are available in Aftersales, according to
the area of application. The outstanding protection offered by
these materials is based on the following properties:
♦ Hydrophobic (non-absorbent).
♦ Good adhesion.
♦ No undermining by rust.
♦ Permeability to water vapour some 1,500 times less than a
paint coating of the same thickness.
♦ ⇒ “3.11 Anti-corrosion materials”, page 235
♦ ⇒ “3.14 Wax-based underseal”, page 259
2. General notes 7
2.3 General procedure for treating areas

which were sanded through down to the
substrate (bare metal surfaces)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Note ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
ut ra
Any areas which
ss a
were sanded through down to the substrate must c
always be primed using 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- ,
ce
le
un
pt
and then 2-pack HS Performance surfacer must be applied.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
2.4 Reduced paint structure in engine com‐
ility
ot p
wit
is n
partment and inside of bonnet
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
Depending on the model, the paint in the “engine compartment
rrectne
and on the inside of the bonnet” may deviate in structure and col‐
our from the exterior paint. This deviation is production-related
and does not constitute a defect. The series-production status is
ss o
to be restored.
cial p
f inform
mer
2.5 Instructions for work on underbody and atio

om
stone chip protection

n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
Note
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ The structure of the underbody and stone chip protection is to
. C rig
ht ht
be reconstructed to conform to the original condition in ap‐
rig by
opy Vo
pearance and thickness.
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
functional following the extent of the sealing work.
Accident damage (replacement parts)

– Clean new part with slow-drying silicone remover .
– Roughen factory basecoat using an emery pad.
– Clean part with slow-drying silicone remover again.
– Apply 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- to any bare metal
spots.
– Dry (observe drying time).
– Then, apply 2-pack HS Performance surfacer .
– Dry sand filler with P400 to P500 sandpaper, taking care not
to sand through.
– Clean surface with slow-drying silicone remover .
– Apply a suitable anti-chip coating
⇒ “3.13 Stone chip guard”, page 252 .
– Rework and/or smooth structure as needed.

lkswage es n
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetled by V 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy
o ot g
ua2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
ran
ho
ir se General information, Paint
tee - Edition 11.2015
ut or
a ac
ss
– Clean substrate with aqueous silicone remover .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Complete paintwork structure with top coat or a base coat and
an
itte
y li
clear coat.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Accident damage (repair by removing dents)
wit
, is n
h re
– Clean damaged component/surface thoroughly.
hole
spec
– Remove undercoating using brush grinder set - VAS 6446- .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Beat dents out of damaged area and sand down to bare metal.
– Thoroughly remove any corrosion present using brush grinder
rrectness of i
set - VAS 6446- , taking care to finely sand transitions.
l purpos
– Clean substrate with slow-drying silicone remover .

– Apply 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- .
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Sand surfacer.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Apply a suitable filler.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Sand filler using P80 to P240 sandpaper, liberally sanding
cted agen
Prote AG.
featheredge areas.
– Apply 2-pack wash primer .
– Dry sand surfacer in area of anti-chip coating with P400 to
P500-grade sandpaper, taking care not to sand through.
– Clean surface with slow-drying silicone remover .
– Dry-sand entire surfacer area with P400 to P500-grade sand‐
paper.
– Clean substrate with aqueous silicone remover .
– Create paint structure with a top coat or with base coat and
clear coat.
Cracks in stone chip protection
Note
Carry out repairs according to the description “Accident damage

(repair by removing dents)”.
Damage caused by stone impact (stone chippings, grit, etc.)

– Thoroughly clean damaged area.
– Lightly sand damaged surfaces using emery pad. Dry sand
deeper chips with P120 to P240 sandpaper.
2. General notes 9

– Apply 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- to any bare metal
spots.
– Dry sand filler with P400 to P500 sandpaper, taking care not
to sand through.
⇒ “3.13 Stone chip guard”, page 252 onto damaged areas. If
the damage is extensive, the entire surface must be reworked.
– Clean surface with aqueous silicone remover .
– Complete paintwork structure with a top coat orn Awith base
G. Vo coat
lkswagen AG
and clear coat. olkswage does
no
yV t gu
db ara
2.6 Pre-treatment of bonded surfaces when ho
ir se nte
eo
ut
renewing laser-welded roofs ss
a ra
c
ce
le
un
– Using P180-grade sandpaper, dry-sand cathodic dip primer
pt
an
d
on bonding surface for roof down to bare metal.

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Using P180-grade sandpaper, dry-sand bonding surface for

roof side members down to bare metal.

Note
Prime any bare metal surfaces outside the bonding surfaces us‐
ing 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- , and then apply 2-
pack HS Performance surfacer .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
– Clean bonding surface with silicone remover.
ir se
d ran
tee
tho
or
– Renew roof ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr.s au51 . ac
s
ce
le
Detailed overview of bonding surfaces

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. General notes 11
1 - 1-component assembly ad‐

hesive - D 190 MKD A3-
2 - Roof
3 - 2-pack body adhesive - D
180 003 M2- or 2-pack body
adhesive - D 180 004 M2-
4 - Roof pillar/side panel
5 - Area sanded down to bare
metal
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
Detailed view of surfacer application and fine seam seals

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 - Roof
2 - 2-pack HS Performance
surfacer
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Prime any bare metal surfaces dus‐ by Vo gu
ara
ing 2-pack wash primer - LHV orise043 nte
000 A2- before applying surfacer.
auth eo
ra
ss c
ce
3 - Fine seam seals e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Sealant must never be applied to
h re
bare metal. Substrates must always
hole
spec
be coated with surfacer first.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4 - Roof pillar/side panel
5 - 2-pack body adhesive - D
rrectness of i
180 003 M2- or 2-pack body
adhesive - D 180 004 M2-
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Restore paintwork structure according to the paintwork repair

manual.
2.7 Corrosion protection measures for wing surface in contact with wheel hous‐
ing liner
Note
♦ The corrosion protection measure is to be carried out in the groove of the wing of all new replacement parts
which have not had the additional sealant applied at the factory.
♦ The additional sealant is intended to prevent the wheel housing liner from possibly “scouring” the groove of
the wing, which could cause corrosion.
– Apply surfacer on inside and outside of wing.
2. General notes 13
– After surfacer has been applied and has dried, apply and
spread sealant - D 511 500 A2- in the contact area of wheel
housing liner (groove of wing).
Maß a - 20 mm
❑ Height of seal
Maß b - 10 mm
❑ Width of seal
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note d by V gu
ara
rise nte
ho eo
-Dimension
s aut
b- can vary because the ra
c
widths of the edge of the groove dif‐
ce
le
fers among wings. Always ensure

un
pt
an
d
that the entire edge of the groove is

itte
y li
sealed.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Before installing, seal inside of wheel arch and web plate with
cavity sealant.
♦ ⇒ “3.11 Anti-corrosion materials”, page 235
2.8 Notes on treating corroded fold areas

Examples for corrosion in the fold area of bonnet, door or rear lid
– Remove corrosion using
⇒ “4.1.6 Pneumatic brush grinder set VAS 6446 ”,
page 350 or
⇒ “4.1.7 Brush grinder set VAS 6776 ”, page 351 .
– Smooth off transitions using sandpaper (P360 to P400 grade).
– Clean substrate using silicon remover .
– After a corrosion damage has been repaired and before seal‐
ing, isolate substrate using 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000
A2- , and then apply 2-pack HS Performance surfacer .

– As soon as the surfacer is completely dry, treated areas must

be dry-sanded using P400 to P500 sandpaper. When sanding,
take particular care not to “sand through”. Afterwards, clean
sanded surfaces with silicon remover .
– After sanding the dry surfacer, the metal edges in the fold area
must be sealed with fine seam sealant
⇒ “3.15 Sealing materials”, page 264 . Ensure that the fine
seam seals are identical in appearance to the original seam
seals, as specified in the ⇒ »Vehicle-specific paintwork infor‐
mation« for the particular vehicle.
Note
♦ Seam seals made during repair work must be identical in ap‐

pearance and thickness to the original seam seals.
♦ To avoid damage or faulty operation, brush seam seals
smooth near attachments which must be attached.
functional following the extent of the sealing work. wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
♦ Sealant must never be applied to bare metal. Substrates
ed
by must ara
always be coated with surfacer first. ho
ris nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
– Restore paintwork structure according to the paintwork repair
ce
le
un
pt
manual.
an
d
itte
y li
– Apply cavity sealant along entire fold area using
rm
ab
pe
ility
⇒ “4.1.8 Suction feed spray-gun V.A.G 1538 ”, page 352 ;
ot
wit
⇒ “3.11 Anti-corrosion materials”, page 235 .
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
The repair can only be considered successful if the fold area is
sealed air-tight from inside (so that no ingress of moisture is pos‐
rrectness of i
sible).
l purpos
Cavity sealing, rear lid
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. General notes 15
Cavity sealing, bonnet
Cavity sealing, door
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
2.9 Corrosion protection for body compo‐

es, in part or in w
t to the co
nents, add-on components and welded

components
rrectness of i
Attachments
l purpos
♦ Wings, doors, covers and flaps must be coated completely on

the inside as well. One wet-in-wet spray pass is adequate for
nform
ercia
this.
m
at
♦ Before installing, add-on parts must be sealed with cavity seal‐

om
ion
ant on the inside in order to restore the original state

c
in t
or
⇒ “3.11 Anti-corrosion materials”, page 235 . Please refer to

his
ate
»Vehicle-specific paint information«.

do
priv
cum
or
♦ Vehicles with wheel housing liners must be provided with ad‐

f
en
ng
t.
ditional scuff protection on the wheel arch
yi Co
op py
⇒ “2.7 Corrosion protection measures for wing surface in con‐ t. C rig
gh ht
tact with wheel housing liner”, page 13 . yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Welded parts
agen
Prote AG.
♦ All welded parts, except the roof, must be fully primed and
surfaced on the inside. The visible inner surfaces must be
coated with one spray pass of base coat and clear coat. This

should be done prior to welding-in where necessary. In cases

of doubt, the series status applies.
Volkswagen AG
♦ If sealing is required, perform the respective sealingswwork
agen after
AG. does
the paintwork structure has been completed. by V olk not
gu
ara
d
se nte
♦ Coat all parts that form cavities, such asthpillars,
or
i
braces, side eo
panels, etc., with cavity sealant ss au ra
c
⇒ “3.11 Anti-corrosion materials”, page 235 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
All series parts which are coated with noise-damping or anti-chip
itte
y li
material (e.g. wheel housing, floor panel, front/rear cross panels
erm
ab
or side member) need to be coated as follows:
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Wheel housings and underbody with sprayable seam seal
h re
⇒ “3.15 Sealing materials”, page 264
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Use adhesive sealant - D 511 500 A2- as foundation material
t to the co
to smooth over larger seams and compensate for deeper lay‐
ers.
rrectness of i
♦ Coat sill panel area, bottom of side panel and corners of cross
panels with anti-chip coating
l purpos
2.10 Painting parking aid sensor
nf
ercia
orm
m
To avoid malfunctions in the parking aid sensor, always observe
atio
m
the following when painting:

o
n in
or c
thi
Painting new parts
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ Maximum layer thickness 125 µm; a measurement of layer
o
m
f
depth is absolutely essential following application of the paint
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Maximum hardening temperature 1 hour at 90°C
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Painting used parts cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Remove old finish (sand) only as far as the primer
♦ Minimum layer depth of 5-10 µm must remain.
♦ Maximum layer thickness 125 µm; a measurement of layer
depth is absolutely essential following application of the paint
♦ Maximum hardening temperature 1 hour at 90°C
Electrical conductivity
♦ Do not allow paint or paint mist to enter connector; connector
pin must continue to provide electrical contact after painting.
Cleaning
♦ Immersion in cleaning solutions without previous masking of
the connector pins is prohibited.
Functional check
♦ Connect vehicle diagnostic tester, and check proper operation
⇒ Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr. 97 ; Lines;
Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system .
2. General notes 17
olksw
AG. V agen AG
agen does
lksw not
Paintwork repair structure and layer db
y depth
Vo gu
ara
rise nte
1 - Primed new part with replacement
tho part primer: 2-10 µm eo
s au ra
c
2- Surfacer: 30 - 40 µm
s
ce
le
un
pt
3- Unicolour base coat: 10 - 20 µm
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
4- Base coat metallic/pearl effect: 20 - 25 µm
ility
ot p
wit
5- Clear coat: 35 - 50 µm
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Painting area
rrectne
1- Only the front and side faces of the sensor membrane are
s
to be painted. The painting area ranges from a minimum
s o
3 mm to a maximum 4 mm from the front face of the mem‐
cial p
f in
brane towards the rear.
form
mer
2- No paint is permitted in this area.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
2.11 ACC — Adaptive Cruise Control
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ On vehicles with ACC, the trim in the right-hand cover of the

front bumper must not be painted during a repair paint job or
replacement. The ACC system located behind can become
operational due to the thickness of the added paint layer.
♦ The cover over the distance control sensor in the bumper grille
consists of radar-permeable material. The cover is heatable,
in order to prevent functions from being impaired by snow and
ice.
♦ All changes to the surface, such as retrospective paintwork,
stickers and other retrospectively applied objects may result
in functional impairment.
Control unit for proximity control - J428-

The illustration shows the adaptive cruise control unit - J428- on
the Golf. The control unit on other vehicle models may differ from
that shown in the illustration.
1- Adapter plate
2- Holder
3- Locating hole
4- Vertical adjusting screw
5- Trim
6- Adaptive cruise control sender/adaptive cruise control unit
7- Horizontal adjusting screw

3 Genuine products
⇒ “3.1 Paint products in customer service”, page 19
AG . Volkswagen AG
⇒ “3.2 General application instructions for repair and painting
agen does
lksw not
systems”, page 20 by
Vo gu
ara
ed nte
ris
⇒ “3.3 Filler”, page 57 tho eo
au ra
c
⇒ “3.4 Priming metal”, page 76 ss
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “3.5 Priming plastic materials”, page 88
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
⇒ “3.6 Surfacer”, page 91
pe
ility
ot
wit
⇒ “3.7 Top coats”, page 135
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “3.8 Clear coats”, page 180
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “3.9 Hardener”, page 221
t to the co
⇒ “3.10 Thinners”, page 230
rrectness of i
⇒ “3.11 Anti-corrosion materials”, page 235
l purpos
⇒ “3.12 Underseal”, page 240

⇒ “3.13 Stone chip guard”, page 252
nform
ercia
⇒ “3.14 Wax-based underseal”, page 259

m
a
com
t
⇒ “3.15 Sealing materials”, page 264
ion in
r
te o
⇒ “3.16 Cleaning agents”, page 272
thi
s
iva
do
r
⇒ “3.17 SprayMax System”, page 276

rp
cum
fo
en
g
⇒ “3.18 Additional materials”, page 330

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
3.1 Paint products in customer service
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ Please note that the Volkswagen Group demands for using

only genuine Volkswagen products 1) or products of paint sup‐
pliers which are approved by the manufacturer according to
manufacturer specifications for any warranty-related repair
work. Only these products comply with the requirements for a
continued warranty on the paintwork structure.
♦ If there are complaints related to paint work performed using
the products of paint suppliers which are approved by the
manufacturer, the warranty claims must be submitted (via the
importer) to the respective paint supplier.
1) In Germany only genuine Volkswagen products must be used.
3. Genuine products 19
3.2 General application instructions for re‐

pair and painting systems
⇒ “3.2.1 Aqua-Premium - application instructions for water-based
products”, page 20
⇒ “3.2.2 Setting the gloss level of HS clear coats and HS top
coats”, page 23
⇒ “3.2.3 Repair paintwork system for matt-finished vehicles”,
page 31
⇒ “3.2.4 Paintwork system for plastic components”, page 35
⇒ “3.2.5 Aqua Premium system, blending system for 2-stage col‐
ours”, page 42 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
⇒ “3.2.6 Aqua Premium system, blending system for 3-stage col‐ d byV gu
ara
ours”, page 47 o rise nte
eo
h
ut ra
⇒ “3.2.7 Aquaplus design and multi-colour painting”, page
ss a
53 c
ce
le
un
⇒ “3.2.8 Processing instructions for paint with limited hiding pow‐
pt
an
d
er”, page 56
itte
y li
erm
ab
3.2.1 Aqua-Premium - application instructions
ility
ot p
wit
is n
for water-based products
h re
ole,
spec
Issued 06.2013
t to the co
When using water-based products always devote scrupulous
care to the substrate preparations before pretreating with the ma‐
terials specifically recommended for use with water-based prod‐
rrectne
ucts.
Substrate
ss o
cial p
f
Substrate pre-treatment:
inform
mer
♦ Clean metallic substrates preferably with nitrocellulose thinner
atio
- LVE 856 000 A3- .
om
n
c
i
or
n
♦ Use silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5- to clean sanded sur‐
thi
te
facer surfaces and old paint.
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
♦ Pretreat plastic surfaces thoroughly according to

fo
en
ng
⇒ “3.2.4 Paintwork system for plastic components”,

t.
yi Co
op
page 35 , and then clean it again using silicone remover - C py
ht. rig
LSW 019 000 A5- before proceeding with subsequent work. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Masking cted agen
Prote AG.
Use only commercially available, waterproof masking tape and

water-resistant glued masking paper or plastic cover sheets.
Spray guns/Spraying systems
Compliant spray guns are suitable spray guns.
Note
Alternating application of water-based and conventional products

using a spray gun/spraying system is not recommended. The
components that come in contact with the application medium in
spray guns/spray systems employed in the application of water-
based products must be made of corrosion-resistant materials
(stainless steel, plastic).

Mixing /Adjusting vessels

Only containers in plastic or in tin with an inside coating are ap‐
proved for mixing and adjusting viscosity on water-based prod‐
ucts.
Material temperature lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Since the viscosity and therisapplication
ed behaviour of water-based rante
products depends on the au
thmaterial temperature, you must ensure
o eo
ra
that the water-based products
ss have a temperature of between c
+18℃ and +35℃ at the time of adjusting the viscosity or the time
ce
le
un
pt
of application.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Application
ility
ot p
The handling of water-based products is in essence influenced
wit
is n
h re
by temperature and humidity. This influence can limit or even
ole,
prevent application, if certain preconditions are not present or
spec
met. In the application window for water-based products, the key
t to the co
points are identified.
To ensure optimum application at different climatic conditions and
object sizes, the following table provides a recommendation for
rrectne
the use of additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200 A3- or ad‐
ditive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 301 A3- .
ss o
Table for different climates
cial p
f inform
mer
Climate Tem‐ Hu‐ LVM 035 200 LVM 035 301
atio
in spray pera‐ midity
om
n
booth ture range
c
i
or
n
range
thi
te
sd
va
Partial Com‐ Partial Com‐

i
o
pr
cum
r
coat‐ plete coat‐ plete

fo
en
ng
ings coat‐ ings coat‐

t.
yi Co
op
ings ings
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Cold and 20 °C 15-30 Suita‐ Not Suita‐ Suita‐
p by
co Vo
by lksw
dry cli‐ % ble to a suita‐
Prote
cted ble ble
AG.
agen
mate limited ble
extent
Average 20-30 < 30 % Suita‐ Not Suita‐ Suita‐
climate ℃ ble suita‐ ble ble +
ble 10%
demin‐
eralis‐
ed wa‐
ter -
LVW
010
000-
30-60 Suita‐ Suita‐ Suita‐ Suita‐
% ble ble ble to a ble
limited
extent
> 60 % Suita‐ Suita‐ Suita‐ Suita‐
ble ble ble to a ble to a
limited limited
extent extent
Hot cli‐ 30- 30-60 Suita‐ Suita‐ Suita‐ Suita‐
mate >35°C % ble ble to a ble to a ble
limited limited
extent extent
Hot and 30- > 60 % Suita‐ Suita‐ Not Suita‐
humid >35°C ble ble suita‐ ble to a
climate ble limited
extent
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ h,oCC ris 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 te...
eo
t
General information, Paint - Edition
au 11.2015 ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Climate Tem‐ Hu‐ LVM 035 200 LVM 035 301
an
d
itte
in spray pera‐ midity
y li
erm
ab
booth ture range
ility
ot p
range
wit
is n
h re
Hot and 30- 15-30 Suita‐ Not Suita‐ Suita‐
ole,
dry cli‐ >35°C % ble to a suita‐ ble ble +
spec
mate limited ble 10%
t to the co
extent demin‐
eralis‐
ed wa‐
rrectne
ter -
LVW
010
ss
000-
o
cial p
f in
30- < 15 % Not Not Suita‐ Suita‐
form
mer
>35°C suita‐ suita‐ ble to a ble to a
atio
m
ble ble limited limited

o
n
c
extent extent
i
or
n thi
+ 10%
te
sd
a
demin‐
iv
o
pr
c
eralis‐
um
r
fo
en
ng
ed wa‐
t.
yi Co
ter -
Cop py
. rig
LVW
t
gh ht
yri by
010
cop Vo
by lksw
000- cted agen
Prote AG.
The temperature and humidity ranges listed in the table are ap‐
proximate values and always depend on the local conditions. I.e.,
the air flow in the booth, the spray guns (type and/or nozzle size)
and the application itself have a strong influence on the film for‐
mation and the quality of the coat.
Assuming that in a modernly equipped painting business, a han‐
dling temperature of at least +20 ℃ is guaranteed, special meas‐
ures regarding humidity are only necessary when the humidity is
outside of the handling range.
Measures to be taken when relative humidity is too high
If the relative humidity is too high, deviations in shade, clouding
in metallic colours and an absence of holding power on vertical
surfaces can occur. Raising the temperature in the spray booth
can remedy this, provided the user finds this acceptable. Use only
additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200- .
Measures to be taken when relative humidity is too low
If the humidity is too low, it can result in increased levels of spray
mist and decreased spray mist absorption. Lowering the handling
temperature (if possible), can remedy this; however, the temper‐
ature must remain above +18 ℃. Use only additive for Aqua
Premium - LVM 035 301- .
Airing times and reworking times
In the case of water-based products, the airing times between
spray passes and end airing or reworking times are negatively
influenced by low temperatures and high humidity. The drying
process between the individual spray passes or before further re‐
working can be accelerated by:
♦ Accelerated discharge of humid air through blowing with var‐
iable and stationary air acceleration systems with and without
drying (hand-held units, floor-mounted appliances, ceiling sys‐
tems etc.)
♦ Oven drying
♦ Infrared drying

Personal protective equipment:

♦ Adhere to the safety data sheet.
♦ Wear personal protective equipment during application.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
3.2.2 Setting the gloss level of HS clear coats
pe
ility
ot
and HS top coats
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Issued 04.2013
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The gloss level of HS clear coats and HS top coats is set by mixing
them with matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2- for plastic and metal
substrates.
rrectness of i
The information on the factors that influence gloss level contained
in these instructions is intended to assist the technician in obtain‐
l purpos
ing the desired gloss level, even under varying working condi‐
tions.
nform
ercia
Area of application
m
a
com
ti
♦ For small and add-on parts
on in
r
te o
thi
Usable products
s
iva
do
r
♦ Matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2-

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat - L2K 769 500 A5-
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat - LZK 769 K05 A5- gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ 2-pack HS Vario clear coat - L2K 769 K01 A2- Prote
cted AG.
agen
♦ 2-pack HS Performance clear coat - LZK K06 A5-

♦ 2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear coat - LZK 769 K07 A5-
♦ 2-pack HS mixture paint/top coat - L2K 074/073 ...-
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, slow-drying - LHA 009 047 A3-
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 048 A3-
♦ 2K slow-drying VHS hardener - LHA 009 052...-
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 053 A2-
♦ 2-pack thinner - LVE 009 001 A5-
♦ 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 ...-
♦ 2-pack thinner, slow-drying - LVM 009 300 A2-
♦ Clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2-
Gloss setting/matting
Refer to system information
⇒ “3.2.3 Repair paintwork system for matt-finished vehicles”,
page 31 .
Refer to technical data sheet
⇒ “3.18.2 Matting additive LVM 769 810 A2 ”, page 336 .
The actual gloss level achieved is influenced by a number of fac‐
tors apart from differences relating to the colour shade.
While other hardeners or thinners not described in this data sheet

may also be used, they may result in different gloss levels (up to
20%) in the same way as different application types, drying con‐
ditions and layer thicknesses do.
Higher gloss Low gloss
Faster-drying hardener Slow-drying hardener
Faster-drying thinners Slower-drying thinners
Higher application viscosity Higher application viscosity
Higher dry layer thickness Lower dry layer thickness
Shorter flash-off time Longer flash-off time
Forced drying Air drying
Note
It is absolutely necessary to use spray samples prior to applica‐

tion in order to achieve the gloss level that matches the vehicle.
Measuring the gloss level (at an angle of 60°) on adjacent com‐
ponents may also be helpful.
Mixture table for 2-pack HS clear coats

Gloss levels
Matt < 20% Satin-matt Satin-gloss Glossy <
* < 40% * < 60% * 80% *
Matting ad‐ 73 g 65 g 59 g 56 g
ditive - LVM
769 810-
2-pack HS 27 g 35 g 41 g 44 g
clear coat -
L2K 769
500-
* n AG. Volkswagen AG
Since these designations are not standardised,
olks
wage the indicated does no
gloss levels cannot be regarded asd bbinding and are only approx‐
y V t gu
ara
imate values commonly used throughout
orise the market. nte
e th or
au ac
Mixing with HS hardener ss
ce
e
nl
– After the clear coat has been mixed with matting additive - LVM
pt
du
an
769 810- , the mixture must be mixed with HS hardener at a

itte
y li
erm
ab
ratio of 2:1. Ready to spray without the addition of thinner.

ility
ot p
Gloss levels
wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec
* < 40% * < 60% * 80% *

es, in part or in w
t to the co
ditive - LVM
769 810-
rrectness of i
2-pack HS 32 g 41 g 46 g 48 g
l purpos
clear coat -
L2K 769
500-
nform
mercia
*
at
Since these designations are not standardised, the indicated

om
io
gloss levels cannot be regarded as binding and are only approx‐

n
c
in t
or
imate values commonly used throughout the market.

his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
24
by c lksw
cted
Rep. gr.00 - Technical data
agen
Prote AG.
Mixing with VHS hardener

769 810- , the mixture must be mixed with VHS hardener at a
ratio of 4:1. Ready to Aspray after the addition of 15 % thinner.
G. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
Gloss levels y Volks ot g
ua
db e ran
ris tee
tho Matt < 20% Satin-matt Satin-gloss Glossy or <
au *
ss < 40% * < 60% * 80% ac *
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
ditive - LVM
itte
y li
erm
769 810-
ab
ility
ot p
2-pack HS 28 g 34 g 41 g 47 g
wit
, is n
Brilliant
h re
plus clear
hole
spec
coat - L2K
es, in part or in w
769 K05-
t to the co
*Since these designations are not standardised, the indicated
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
ratio of 4:1. Ready to spray after the addition of 5% clear coat

o
n in
c
additive - LVM 007 000 A2- .

or
thi
te
sd
a
Gloss levels
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
* .< 40% *
Cop
< 60% * 80% * py
rig
ht ht
rig
py by
co Vo
ditive - LVM
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
769 810-
AG.
2-pack HS 30 g 39 g 44 g 49 g
Vario clear
coat - L2K
769 K01-
wage11.2015
General information, Paint -VEdition es n
olks ot gu
y
db ara
ise nte
Mixing with HS hardener tho
r eo
s au ra
c
– After the clear coat has been
s mixed with matting additive - LVM
ce
e
769 810- , the mixture must be mixed with HS hardener at a
nl
pt
du
an
ratio of 2:1. Ready to spray without the addition of thinner.
itte
y li
erm
ab
Gloss levels
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
* < 40% * < 60% * 80% *
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ditive - LVM
769 810-
rrectness of i
2-pack HS 32 g 40 g 45 g 49 g
Vario clear
l purpos
coat - L2K
769 K01-
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
ratio of 4:1. Ready to spray after the addition of 15 % thinner. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Gloss levels
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
* < 40% * < 60% * 80% *
ditive - LVM
769 810-
2-pack HS 29 g 36 g 48 g 56 g
Perform‐
ance clear
coat - L2K
769 K06-

lkswage es n
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012d➤ by , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , gCaddy
Vo ot
ua 2011 ...
ran
o
ir se General information, Paint - Edition
tee 11.2015
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
ratio of 4:1. Ready to spray after the addition of 5% clear coat
pe
ility
ot
additive - LVM 007 000 A2- .
wit
, is n
h re
Gloss levels
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
* < 40% * < 60% * 80% *
rrectness of i
ditive - LVM
769 810-
l purpos
2-pack HS 29 g 35 g 42 g 59 g
Optimum
nform
ercia
Plus clear
coat - L2K
m
a
com
t
769 K07-
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Mixing with VHS hardener t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
769 810- , the mixture must be mixed with VHS hardener at a Prote AG.
ratio of 4:1. Ready to spray after the addition of 10 % thinner.
Gloss levels
* < 40% * < 60% * 80% *
ditive - LVM
769 810-
2-pack HS 35 g 43 g 50 g 56 g
mixture
paint, white
- L2K
074 ...-

– After the matting additive - LVM 769 810- has been mixed with
HS top coat, the mixture must be cross-linked with VHS hard‐
ener at a ratio of 4:1. Ready to spray after the addition of 15
% thinner.
Gloss levels
* < 40% * < 60% * 80% *
ditive - LVM
769 810-
2-pack HS 29 g 42 g 49 g 69 g
mixture
paint, black
- L2K
074 ...-

gen AG. Volkswagen A
– After the matting additiveo-lkLVM
swa 769 810- has been
G do
mixed
es n
o
with
HS top coat, the mixture by must be cross-linked with VHSt ghard‐
V uara
ener at a ratio of o4:1.ed
ris Ready to spray after the addition of 15ntee
% thinner. au
th or
a
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Application
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
Method of application: “spray”.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Application viscosity 4 mm, +20 °C, DIN 53211 rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Application viscosity 4 mm, gravity-feed spray gun “Compliant” Prote
cted AG.
agen
and “HVLP”

DIN 4 mm: 16-20 seconds
– Addition of thinner at material temperature of +20℃: depend‐

ing on product used n AG. Volkswagen AG
wage does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Adjust spray nozzle following manufacturer's instructions to
1.3-1.4 mm for “compliancy”.
rrectness of i
1.3-1.4 mm for “HVLP”.

l purpos
– Adjust spray pressure following manufacturer's instructions to

2.0-2.5 bar for “compliancy”.
nf
ercia
– Adjust atomising pressure following manufacturer's instruc‐

rm
m
tions to 0.7 bar for “HVLP”.

atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Apply in 2 spray passes with a flash-off time of 5 to 10 minutes

between the passes. The first coat is applied with restraint, but
still uniformly (observe application instructions).
The specified thickness for the dry film is 60-80 µm.
Application instructions
To achieve the best possible and homogeneous matting effect,
the following points should be adhered to during application:
Note
♦ The spraying distance to the object is somewhat greater than

the standard application in order to use the spray atomisation
to its fullest effect. (Prevents streaking)
♦ It must be ensured that “spray passes” featheredge evenly and
an adequately wet spray film is applied. Application in exces‐
sively dry conditions poses the risk of clouding due to uneven
flash-off or due to the spray mist not being absorbed.
♦ For paint with poor covering properties, it may be necessary
to apply another spray pass after a suitable flash-off time.
♦ Blending in or refinishing the matt clear coat within a compo‐
nent, e.g. a side panel, or speed repair is not possible.
Drying
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Final flash-off time with force drying is 15d bto
y V20 minutes.
o gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Force drying at +60°C to +65℃ material temperature in 45 mi‐

rrectne
nutes.
ss o
cial p
Note
inform
mer
♦ It is not necessary to add 2-pack elastic additive - ALZ 011

atio
m
001- .
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ Stir or mix matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2- well in the can.
t
sd
va
Then, mix it with HS clear coat or HS top coat as specified and

i
o
pr
cum
r
do not add hardener and thinner until just prior to use.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ The ready-to-spray mixture should be applied immediately. If Cop py
the mixture is left to stand in the mixing cup or spray gun cup
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
for a longer period of time (15 min.), it must be stirred again op Vo
by c lksw
prior to further application (sedimentation behaviour). cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Adding matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2- might influence the
coverage.
♦ It is not possible to polish dust inclusions, therefore cleanliness
during the entire refinishing process is very important.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
3.2.3 ss aut
Repair paintwork system for matt-finish‐ ra
c
ed vehicles
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Issue 04.13
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The repair paintwork system for matt-finished vehicles is outlined
wit
below. Area of use: larger areas/full painting operations
, is n
h re
hole
Application
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Metal substrate
t to the co
♦ Plastic
rrectness of i
♦ Partial painting/full painting
l purpos
♦ Painting of matt-finished vehicles

Substrate
nf
ercia
Suitable substrates:
rm
m
atio
m
♦ Sheet steel
o
n in
or c
thi
♦ Cleaned and sanded electroplated or roller-galvanised steel

te
sd
a
panels or soft aluminium

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
♦ Lightly sanded factory primer

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Well-sanded factory paint or old paint (with the exception of
C py
t. rig
gh
thermoplastic paint)
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
♦ Surfaces prepared with 2-pack polyester products and then
cted agen
Prote AG.
finely sanded
Pretreatment/cleaning
– Thoroughly clean with slow-drying silicone remover - LVM 020
100 A5- or silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- .
– Then, sand substrate.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
– Use a suitable cleaning
s aut
agent to ensure a clean, residue-free ra
c
surface prior to reworking.
s
ce
le
un
pt
Approved products
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Filler:
ility
ot p
♦ 2-pack spray filler - ALN 788 007-
wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ 2-pack IR premium filler - LSP 787 220-
spec
♦ Fine filler - LSP 784 002 A2-
t to the co
Primer/primer surfacer:
rrectne
♦ 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics, white/black - LKF 696
009/040 A2-
s
♦ Glazed adhesion promoter - ALO 822 000 10-
s o
cial p
f in
♦ 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2-
form
mer
♦ 1-pack wash primer, light grey/dark grey - LVM 044 007/171

atio
m
A2-
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Surfacer:
t
sd
iva
o
pr
♦ 2K HS Premium surfacer - LGF/LVM 013 ...A4-

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
♦ 2-pack HS Vario surfacer - LGF 786 004 A4-
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Elasticisation:
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Elastic additive - ALZ 011 001- (for all 2-pack HS surfacers cted agen
Prote AG.
used for plastic components)
Top coat:
Matting
Observe the application instructions for the respective genuine
products ⇒ “3 Genuine products”, page 19 .
Mixing/matting of clear coat

– Mix component A + component B ( matting additive - LVM 769

810 A2- + 2-pack HS clear coat - L2K 769 500 A5- ).
Mixing ratio:
Depending on the desired gloss level, the matting additive - LVM
769 810 A2- and the 2-pack HS clear coat - L2K 769 500 A5- are
mixed at a weight ratio of 75:25% or 70:30%.
Note
Stir or mix matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2- well in the can.
Then, mix component A and component B thoroughly and do not
add hardener and thinner until just prior to use. The ready-to-
spray mixture should be applied immediately. If the mixture is left
to stand in the mixing cup or spray gun cup for a longer period of
time (15 min.), it must be stirred again prior to further application
(sedimentation behaviour).
Addition of hardener to component A + B
– 4:1 by volume with 2-pack VHS hardener, extra slow-drying -

LHA 009 053 A2-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Thinner: lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by
♦ 2-pack thinner, slow-drying - LVM 009 300 A2- ise d ara
nte
or eo
h
Pot life: aut ra
ss c
ce
Mixed for spraying, 60 to 75 minutes at +20 °C.
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Application viscosity 4 mm, +20 °C, DIN 53211
Application viscosity 4 mm, gravity-feed spray gun “Compliant”
rrectness of i
and “HVLP”
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– 10 % thinner added if material temperature is +20°C

1.3-1.4 mm for “HVLP”. wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
– Adjust spray pressure following manufacturer's
ed
by instructions to ara
2.0-2.5 bar for “compliancy”. horis nte
eo
t
au ra
– Adjust atomising pressure following
ss manufacturer's instruc‐ c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Apply in 2 spray passes with a flash-off time of 10 to 15 mi‐ itte
y li
erm
ab
nutes between the passes.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Application:
spec
es, in part or in w
To achieve the best possible and homogeneous matting effect,
t to the co
the following points should be adhered to during application:
The spraying distance to the object is somewhat greater than the
rrectness of i
standard application in order to use the spray atomisation to its
fullest effect. (Prevents streaking)
l purpos
If possible, making the two spray passes crosswise is also ad‐

vantageous with horizontal component parts, such as the bonnet.
nf
ercia
orm
When used on large objects, such as the vehicle's bonnet or roof,
m
atio
m
the featheredge of the 2nd spray pass is to be offset from the

o
n in
c
featheredge of the 1st spray pass.

or
thi
te
sd
a
It must be ensured that »spray passes« featheredge evenly and

iv
o
r
rp
cu
an adequately wet spray film is applied.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
Application in excessively dry conditions poses the risk of cloud‐
yi Co
op
ing due to uneven flash-off or due to the spray mist not being
C py
ht. rig
absorbed.
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Where possible, the complete paintwork should be split into sec‐
agen
Prote AG.
tions, i.e. the vehicle body is painted separately from the add-on
components (hoods, doors etc.) in order to avoid featheredges
and spray mist.
Drying:
Forced drying:
– Final flash-off time 15-20 minutes

– Drying time 45 minutes at +60℃ object temperature

Air drying is not recommended AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o
Note aut
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
♦ The gloss level that is actually achieved is influenced by a
nl
pt
du
range of factors such as different hardeners, thinners, appli‐
an
itte
y li
cation types, drying conditions and layer thicknesses.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ The recommended material settings must always be adhered
wit
, is n
to.
h re
hole
spec
♦ It is absolutely necessary to test the mixture (ratio of 75:25%
es, in part or in w
or 70:30%) on a spray sample prior to application in order to
t to the co
achieve the gloss level that matches the vehicle. Interim steps
are also possible.
rrectness of i
♦ Measuring the degree of gloss (at an angle of 60°) on adjacent
parts may also be helpful.
l purpos

nent, e.g. a side panel, or Clever Repair is not possible.
nform
ercia
♦ Large-area paintwork (complete painting, roof, bonnets, side

m
at
panel etc.) should not be carried out at higher temperatures
om
ion
(max. 20°C).
c
in t
or
his
te

a
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.2.4 Paintwork system for plastic compo‐

nents
Issue 03.2010
This universal system allows simple and reliable painting of all
external plastic components in standard applications. (Synthetic
types: PP, EPDM, ABS, PC, PPO, PBTP, UP-GF, PA, PVC, R-
TPU, PUR). This technical data sheet is not applicable for factory-
primed plastic components.
Substrate
Preparing the substrate:
– The substrate must be free of release agents. Before cleaning

plastic parts, temper them for 60 minutes at +60 ℃ to sweat
out the separating agents.
– Clean with anti-static plastic cleaner - LKR 001 001 A3- or with
the milder slow-drying silicone remover - LSE 20 100 A3- .
The effort required for cleaning depends on the type and quantity
of the release agent used. It is recommended to use an emery
pad to help in cleaning. Let the thinner evaporate completely (e.g.
air-dry overnight at ambient temperature or for 30-40 minutes at
+60°C).
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Before priming, clean lightly again using anti-static plastic

cleaner - LKR 001 001 A3- or slow-drying silicone remover -
LSE 20 100 A3- .
Paintwork structure for unprimed plastic components
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Priming: ksw
agen oes
not
ol
yV gu
To ensure reliable adhesion
ised b plastics must be primed following
ara
nte
thorough cleaning. ut
h There are two options:
or eo
a ra
s c
1. - Prime withs2-pack primer surfacer for plastics, white - LKF 696
ce
e
009- or with 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics, black - LKF 696
nl
pt
du
an
040- . The 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics, white - LKF 696
itte
y li
009- and the 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics, black - LKF 696
erm
ab
040- can be recoated with top coat right away.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
2. - Prime with transparent adhesion promoter - ALO 822 000 10- ,
h re
hole
and then fill with elasticised 2-pack HS surfacer. Proceed with top
spec
coat and clear coat.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
In case of damage:
– Small scratches can be filled with 2-pack fine filler - LSP 784
rrectness of i
002 A2- after priming.
l purpos
– Isolate the filled surface after sanding:

1. - With 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics, white - LKF 696 009-
nform
ercia
or with 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics, black - LKF 696 040- .
m
at
2. - Prime with transparent adhesion promoter - ALO 822 000 10- ,
om
io
and then fill with elasticised 2-pack HS surfacer. Proceed with top
n
c
in t
or
coat and clear coat. his

ate
do
riv
For information on the application instructions, flash-off times and

p
cum
or
drying times, refer to the technical data sheet:

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ ⇒ “3.6.5 2-pack plastic adhesion surfacer”, page 124 Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
♦ ⇒ “3.5.1 Adhesion promoter (transparent)”, page 88 py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ ⇒ “3.7 Top coats”, page 135 Prote AG.
♦ ⇒ “3.8 Clear coats”, page 180

Use of 2-pack elastic additive - ALZ 011 001- in 2-pack HS sur‐
facers:
♦ 15% on semi-rigid and rigid plastics
♦ 30 % on highly flexible plastics
Refer to technical data sheet of the respective surfacer for infor‐
mation on the application ⇒ page 91 .
Note
Painted plastic parts must not be cleaned with a high-pressure

cleaner during the first 6 weeks. After this period, the nozzle must
be held at a distance of no less than 30 cm from the object.
One-coat painting
Top coat:
– Mix 2-pack HS top coat with 15% 2-pack elastic additive - ALZ
011 001- , and then cross-link this mixture.
– Mixing ratio 3:1 with 2-pack VHS hardener and 15% special
2-pack thinner - LVM 009 200 A2- .
Application:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Apply in one-and-a-half coats.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Air dry overnight at +20℃, or after 5-10 minutes of final flash-

m
at
om
off time for 30-40 minutes at +60℃. If 2-pack elastic additive

ion
c
- ALZ 011 001- is used, the drying times are longer.

in t
or
his
ate
Two-coat paintwork - non-metallic, metallic, pearls

do
priv
cum
or
Base coats:
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Waterborne base coat with 10% demineralised water - LVW

010 000 A5- .
Application:

Clear coats:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Mix 2-pack HS clear coats with 2-pack elastic additive - ALZ

ility
ot p
011 001- .
wit
, is n
h re
Application:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
– According to relevant technical data sheet for the clear coat

ion
c
⇒ “3.8 Clear coats”, page 180 .

in t
or
his
ate
Drying:
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015 wagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
by ara
– Air dry overnight at +20℃, or after 10 minutes
ris of final flash-off
ed
nte
time for 40-45 minutes at +60℃. If 2-pack
autho elastic additive - eo
ra
ALZ 011 001- is used, the drying timesss are longer. c
ce
le
un
Painting satin-gloss colour hues
pt
an
d
itte
y li
One-coat painting; top coat:
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Mix 2-pack HS top coat at a ratio of 1:1 with 2-pack matting
additive - ALN 775 106- , and then cross-link this mixture.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Mixing ratio 4:1 with 2-pack VHS hardener and 15% special cted agen
Prote AG.
Application:
– To achieve a uniform paint film surface, apply 2 spray passes

with 5-10 minutes interim flash-off time.
Drying:

– Air dry overnight at +20 ℃, or after a final flash-off time of 5-10

minutes for 30-40 minutes at +60℃.
Painting colour shades with textured effect
One-coat painting; top coat:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
– Mix 2-pack HS top coat at a ratio of 1:1 with 2-pack
horis
coarse/ nte
eo
fine texture additive - ALN 775 107/108- , andaut then cross-link ra
s c
this mixture. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Mixing ratio 4:1 with 2-pack VHS hardener and 15% special
l purpos

Application:
nf
ercia
or
– 2 spray passes:
m
m
atio
om
1. Normal spray application, 5-10 minutes flash-off time
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
2. Spray application adapted to desired texture Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetlethor 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy
eo 2011 ...
u ra
General information,
ss a Paint - Edition 11.2015 c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Air dry overnight at +20 ℃, or after a final flash-off time of 5-10
an
itte
y li
minutes for 30-40 minutes at +60℃.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.2.5 Aqua Premium system, blending system

for 2-stage colours
Issued 04.2013
Product description/objectives
To attain visually perfect colour transition in blending area or to
adjacent parts such as wings or doors.
Technical data sheet
Substrate
♦ 2-pack HS surfacer
♦ Intact old paint
♦ Prime plastic surfaces with transparent adhesion promoter -
ALO 822 000 10- , and then fill with elasticised 2-pack HS
surfacer.
– Thoroughly clean factory paint, old paint or 2-pack HS surfacer
with silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- or slow-drying sili‐
cone remover - LVM 020 100 A5- .

Preparation
– Dry-sand repair area using P500/P600-grade sandpaper, or
wet-sand it using water-proof P800/P1000-grade sandpaper.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– An extensive section of the adjacent area or (parts surround‐
hole
spec
ing the repair area) must be lightly wet-sanded with P1000 to
es, in part or in w
P3000-grade sandpaper.
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
Use an emery pad to sand swage lines, edges or door-handle

recesses during preparation work.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Cleaning
do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Thoroughly clean the whole surface with silicone remover -
en
ng
t.
LVM 020 000 A5- to remove any dust, paint residue from op
yi Co
sanding or any other impurities.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Wipe off any excess silicone remover with a lint-free cloth, cop Vo
by lksw
leaving no streaks.
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Allow the moisture on substrates which have been wet-sanded

or cleaned to evaporate completely.
Tack cloths of the latest generation with an effective adhesion
formula, e.g. duster - VAS 6177- ) to minimise the risk of chemical
or sticky residue ⇒ page 357 .
Special notes
♦ Isolate any bare metal surfaces using 2-pack wash primer -
LHV 043 000 A2- , and then apply 2-pack HS Performance
surfacer .
Method 1:
Repair process, blending into adjacent surfaces (e.g. colour-
matching between wing and door)
– In the blending area, apply one or two full coats of blending
additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 100 A3- -2- at normal
spraying pressure onto the old paint/surfaced substrate -1-.
Note
Ensure that the blending area is large enough.
– Then, apply the first moderate spray pass of base coat -1- from
the blending area into the wet blending additive -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– After that, apply a second moderate spray pass -2- directly
h re
hole
without waiting for any flash-off time to elapse. Always make
spec
sure to apply this spray pass offset towards front relative to the
es, in part or in w
t to the co
previous spray pass -1- to ensure a uniform effect.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e
– After blending in, the transition and the remaining surface -1-
t
sd
iva
must be completed in 1.5 spray passes (starting at new part)

o
r
rp
cu
(standard process).
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– After flashing-off, apply a coat of 2-pack HS clear coat -1- to

the entire repair area.
Method 2:
matching between wing and door, alternative method for solid
colours and dark effect colours)
Note
wage e
– Then, apply the first sprayypassVol of base coat -3- from the ot gu
ks sn
blending area (startingisated new part) up to the boundary of the ran
b a
wet blending additive ho-2-.
r
Half of the effect or finish spray coat tee
ut or
is applied immediately
ss
a over the wet blending additive -2- at a ac
greater spraying distance and also towards the new part -1-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– After blending in, complete the remaining surfaces with base

rrectness of i
coat -1- in 1.5 spray passes (standard process).

l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
♦ It is recommended that starting with the first spray pass, all

subsequent spray passes are already matched to the repair
area, starting from the furthest blending area. I.e., all subse‐
quent spray passes remain within the previous spray pass to
ensure a uniform effect.
♦ Keep the material flow trigger of the spray gun completely
open while applying Aqua Premium waterborne base coat.
♦ The spray pressure for the effect coat may be varied between
1.5 and 2.0 bar depending on the size of the object.
Method 3:
Repair process, blending into very small damage, e.g. Clever Re‐
pair
Note
The repair and/or surfacer area should be kept as small as pos‐

sible.
1st option:
♦ Ready-to-spray waterborne base coats are used for most col‐
ours.
2nd option:
♦ Recommended for colours with very high metal content; mix
Aqua premium waterborne base coat andGblending additive for
A . Volkswagen AG d
Aqua Premium - LVM 035 100 A3- kswin
aga
en1:1 ratio with 10%oFlop
es n
Vol
Control - LWM 085 386 A2- b(y blending additive for Aqua Pre‐ot gua
mium - LVM 035 200/301- ris is not required). Use the Aqua
ed ran
tee
premium measuring stick
tho for the Clever Repair spot repair or
au ac
method. ss
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Depending on colour and opacity, this mixture is applied to the

an
d
itte
repair area and fade-out area in 3 to 5 moderate spray passes

y li
erm
ab
with reduced pressure (0.8 to -1.5 bar). Ensure that each spray
ility
ot p
coat is somewhat larger in area and flashed off until matt. The
wit
flash-off time can be accelerated by blowing.

is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
46
AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle
orise 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ n,teCaddy 2011 ...
eo
h
s aut
General information, Paint - Edition ra
c 11.2015
s
ce
e
nl
– The clear coat can be applied after the final flash-off time has
pt
du
an
elapsed.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Note
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ The use of stationary air diffusers or force drying, e.g. low
baking, for efficient flash-off and drying processes is recom‐
rrectness of i
mended.
l purpos
Product application
nf
ercia
♦ The spray equipment must be suitable for water-based prod‐
or
ucts. Pay attention to the manufacturer's specifications.
m
m
atio
m
♦ The Aqua Premium mixture paint can be used only as part of

o
n in
or c
a colour formula.
thi
te
sd
iva
♦ If any mixing colour is applied alone, the results may differ
o
r
rp
cu
substantially from the description in this technical data sheet.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cleaning of tools t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Rinse with Aquaplus demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5- p by
co Vo
before and after use. Then wash out with nitrocellulose thinner
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
- LVE 856 000 A3- .
AG.
Waste disposal
♦ Collect liquid water-based waste separately from conventional
liquid waste. If the two are mixed, it may be impossible to dis‐
pose of the mixture, or at best difficult, and therefore expen‐
sive.

3.2.6 Aqua Premium system, blending system

for 3-stage colours
Issued 04.2013
Product description/objectives
Substrate
♦ Prime plastic surfaces with transparent adhesion promoter -

ALO 822 000 10- , and then fill with elasticised 2-pack HS
surfacer ( 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics - LKF 696 009
A2- / -LKF 696 040 A2- ).
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Substrate pre-treatment: agen oes
o lksw not
V gu
by ara
– Thoroughly clean factory paint, old paint or 2-pack risedHS surfacer nte
with silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- oruslow-drying
tho sili‐ eo
ra
cone remover - LVM 020 100 A5- . s s a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Preparation
rrectness of i
– Dry-sand repair area using P500/P600-grade sandpaper, or
wet-sand it using water-proof P800/P1000-grade sandpaper.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– An extensive section of the adjacent area or (parts surround‐
gh ht
pyri by
ing the repair area) must be lightly wet-sanded with P1000 to
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
P3000-grade sandpaper.
agen
Prote AG.
Note
Use an emery pad to sand swage lines, edges or door-handle

recesses during preparation work.
Cleaning
LVM 020 000 A5- to remove any dust, paint residue from
– Wipe off any excess silicone remover with a lint-free cloth,
leaving no streaks.


Tack cloths of the latest generation with an effective adhesion
formula, e.g. duster - VAS 6177- ) to minimise the risk of chemical
or sticky residue ⇒ “4.2.1 Tack cloth VAS 6177 ”, page 357 .
Special notes
♦ Isolate any bare metal surfaces using 2-pack wash primer -
LHV 043 000 A2- , and then apply 2-packaHS n APerformance
G. Volkswagen AG d
w ge oes
surfacer . Volks not
g by ua
ed ran
♦ It is strongly recommended tohospray
ris a sample object. tee
t or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
Blending in 3-stage colours:
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Preparing the blending additive:
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Mix blending additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 100 A3-
wit
, is n
with 10% Aqua Premium hardener - LVM 045 000 A1- .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
matching between wing and door)
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
Preparing the base coat:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
– Apply the base coat -2- mixed with 5% Aqua premiumhoris hard‐ nte
eo
ener - LVM 045 000 A1- and, for solid colourss a10%
ut additive for ra
c
Aqua premium - LVM 035 301 A3- , or for effect
s colours mixed
ce
le
with 20% additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035 301 A3- to the
un
pt
an
d
repair area and adjacent blending area until coverage is opa‐

itte
y li
que.
rm
ab
pe
ility
– The fade-out area should be located within the wet blending
ot
wit
, is n
additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 100 A3- -1-.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
In the event of large surfaces, high temperatures and a low hu‐
rrectness of i
midity up to 10% of Aquaplus demineralised water - LVW 010 000
A5- may be added.
l purpos
Pot life:
nform
ercia
♦ Effect colour, 45-60 minutes at +20°C

m
a
com
ti
♦ Solid colours: 90-120 minutes at +20°C
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Flash-off/drying:
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Options:
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Flash-off with an air diffuser at +20°C to +40°C until the entire C py
ht. rig
surface is matt. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ Allow to flash-off initially for 5 to 10 minutes, and then allow Prote
cted AG.
agen
final flash-off at +60 to +65°C. Allow base coat to cool before
applying effect coat.
♦ Flash-off without air diffuser until the entire surface is matt.
– When the entire surface is matt, apply one or two full coats of
pure blending additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 100 A3-
-1- without hardener.

Preparing the effect colour:

– The effect colour is mixed with 20% of additive for Aqua pre‐
mium - LVM 035 301 A3- .
Note
In the event of large surfaces, high temperatures and a low hu‐

midity up to 10% of Aquaplus demineralised water - LVW 010 000
A5- may be added.
Step 1, blending in the effect colour (from the outside towards the en AG. Volkswagen AG
inside) olks
wag does
not
V gu
d by ara
– The effect colour is applied from the fade-out areaortowards
ise the nte
new part -1-. I.e., it is applied from the outsideautowards
th the eo
ra
inside (»wet in wet«) into the blending additive ss for Aqua Pre‐ c
mium - LVM 035 100 A3- .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Then, the next effect colour coat is applied towards the new
y li
rm
ab
part as necessary.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
For some effect colours, 2 to 3 additional spray passes must be
t to the co
applied to visually match up the effect.
rrectness of i
Step 2, blending in the effect colour (from the outside towards the
l purpos
inside)
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Step 3, blending in the effect colour (from the outside towards the Prote AG.
inside)

Note
♦ It is recommended that starting with the first spray pass, allG. Volkswage
subsequent spray passes are already matched to lthe swarepair
gen A n AG d
oes
area/base coat, starting from the furthest blending Vo karea. I. e.,
not
gu
y
db ara
all subsequent spray passes remain withinorthe
ise previous spray nte
pass to avoid visible edges or shadows.auth eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ For information on the drying times, refer to the technical data
h re
sheet for the relevant product.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Notes for application on large surfaces:
♦ In general, the additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035 301 A3-
should always be used when applying 3-stage colours.
rrectness of i
♦ In the event of large surfaces, high temperatures and a low
l purpos
humidity it is recommended to add up to 10% of Aquaplus

demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5- .
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
om
mended.
n in
or c
thi
e
Product application
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ The spray equipment must be suitable for water-based prod‐
o
m
f
en
ng
ucts. Pay attention to the manufacturer's specifications.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ The Aqua Premium mixture paint can be used only as part of ht. rig
rig ht
a colour formula. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ If any mixing colour is applied alone, the results may differ Prote AG.
substantially from the description in this technical data sheet.

Cleaning of tools
♦ Rinse with Aquaplus demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5-
- LVE 856 000 A3- .
Waste disposal
sive.


3.2.7 Aquaplus design and multi-colour paint‐

ing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Issue 05.14 ksw
agen oes
not
ol
yV gu
To be able to execute isefault-free
d b design and multi-colour paintwork
ara
nte
with Aquaplus non-metallic,
ut
hor
metallic and pearl effect base paint,eo
a number of special
ss a features need to be considered, and some ra
c
special aids deployed.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Preparations:
itte
y li
erm
ab
Where a design is marked out on the base surface (surfacer,
ility
ot p
paintwork), no marker pens containing water-soluble inks must
wit
, is n
be used, so as to prevent »bleed-through« into the waterborne
h re
hole
base coat. If this is not possible, the markings must be removed
spec
thoroughly using silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5- immedi‐
es, in part or in w
ately after the design has been masked off.
t to the co
Masking the substrate (2-pack HS top coat)
rrectness of i
You can use commercially available contour/decor fine line tape
and masking tape for masking on 2-pack HS top coats.
l purpos
Masking Aquaplus non-metallic, metallic, pearl effect base paint
nf
ercia
Use commercially available contour/decor fine line tape and
or
masking tape.
m
m
atio
om
♦ Press contour and masking tapes carefully into place
n in
or c
thi
e
♦ If masking wide areas, use masking film (to avoid marks).

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ Never leave contour and masking tapes on the surface for

o
m
f
en
ng
longer than necessary.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Drying individual layers of water-based base paint
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Oven drying is not advisable, as there is a risk of adhesive being by c lksw
cted agen
transferred from the contour and masking tapes to the waterborne Prote AG.
base coat.
The individual layers of water-based base paint can be dried us‐
ing air nozzles or at increased booth temperatures. These are
also the most effective drying methods.
The thickness of the individual layers shall not exceed 40 µm.
Otherwise the film may be detached when removing the masking
tape, the coverage may be insufficient or issues may arise during
drying.
Multi-colour paintwork with insulation layer
To prevent »bleed-through« and colour distortion in the individual
colour layers of multi-colour paintwork systems, it is advisable to
insulate the individual layers with 2-pack clear coat.
The 2-pack HS Vario clear coat - L2K 769 K01 A5- cross-linked
with fast-drying 2-pack HS hardener - LHA 021 004 A3- may be
used for this.
To attain acceptable drying and coverage, the use of slower-dry‐
ing hardeners is not recommended.
The insulating layer must be applied only onto the Aquaplus wa‐
terborne base coat.
The steps required are set out below based on the example of a
3-colour multi-colour paintwork system.
– Apply first colour with Aquaplus waterborne base coat.
– Dry base coat for at least 5 hours at +20°C.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Forced drying:
wit
, is n
h re
20 minutes at +20°C and 30 minutes at +60°C
hole
spec
Allow to cool sufficiently after drying.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Mask contours using commercially available tape or film.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
io
– Apply a thin, full coat of blending additive for Aquaplus - LVM
n
c
in t
or
030 000 A2- . his

ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Then, allow to flash-off for at least 20 minutes at +20°C.
– Apply second colour with Aquaplus waterborne base coat.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
– Dry base coat for at least 5 hours at +20°C.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Forced drying:
nf
ercia
or
20 minutes at +20°C and 30 minutes at +60°C

m
m
atio
m
Allow to cool sufficiently after drying.

o
n in
or c
thi
e
– Mask contours using commercially available tape or film.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Apply third colour with Aquaplus waterborne base coat.
– Allow base coat to flash-off until it is matt.

– Remove masking tape.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Apply top layer of 2-pack HS
Volclear coat.
ksw not
gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
Note ss
au ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
♦ Plastic film should always be used for any necessary masking,

du
an
itte
so as to prevent attachment of the already applied paint layers.

y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Marks created by masking are eliminated by the subsequent

ot p
wit
clear coat application.

, is n
h re
hole
♦ For all other parameters relevant to the application of the spe‐

spec
cific product refer to the technical data sheet.

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
3.2.8 Processing instructions for paint with py by
co Vo
by lksw
limited hiding power
cted agen
Prote AG.
If ⇒ www.vwcolor.info indicates a »limited hiding power«, the re‐

pair operation 51017980 must be carried out as well.

3.3 Filler
⇒ “3.3.1 2-pack steel filler set”, page 57
⇒ “3.3.2 2-pack fine filler”, page 59
⇒ “3.3.3 2-pack fine filler, flexible”, page 63
⇒ “3.3.4 2-pack spray filler”, page 66
⇒ “3.3.5 2-pack IR Premium filler”, page 71
⇒ “3.3.6 2-pack diamond waluminium
agen
AG. Volkfiller”,
swagenpage
AG do74
e
olks s no
yV t gu
3.3.1 2-pack
ris
ed
b
steel filler set ara
nte
tho eo
Designation:
ss
au ra
c
ce
le
♦ 2-pack steel filler set - DA 787 300 A2-

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Issue 09.2012
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Product description
wit
is n
h re
This filler is a polyester filler with a powdered metal mixture for
ole,
the creation of accurately contoured surfaces of highly stressed
spec
body surfaces. This filler is an especially good substitute for lead
t to the co
filling solder.
This filler is easy to spread and sand, and has great mechanical
and thermal stability.
Note rrectness o
cial p
f inform
If the temperature is above 30°C and/or the relative humidity is

mer
above 80%, the hardener - LVM 004 211 A1- must be used.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi

te
sd
iva
o
r
Substrate
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ Steel opy
rig by
Vo
ht
c lksw
♦ Metallic substrates in general
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Galvanised sheet steel

– Carefully remove any grease and sand surface. The sub‐

strates must be prepared using
page 350 . In addition, they must be sanded down to the bare
metal using P40-grade sandpaper. If necessary, clean soiled
surface again, and remove any residue from cleaning using
brush grinder set.
– Clean again with silicone remover before reworking.

Application
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
Method of application:
ss a filling c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectnes
Mixing ratio: s o
cial p
f
– The two components are mixed in a ratio of 1 part liquid hard‐
inform
ener to between 2.5 and 3 parts powder (or 10 grams of liquid

mer
hardener and 58 grams of powder) to a consistency which may

atio
m
be worked with a filling knife.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Note
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Avoid adding excessive amounts of liquid hardener, as this will Cop py
impair the final hardness and adhesion characteristics of the filler.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Pot life: Prote AG.
– The pot life is about 4 to 6 minutes at +20°C.

Reaction temperature:
– The reaction temperature must be at least +5 °C.
Drying
Air drying:

– Flash off about 10 minutes at +20 °C

– Curing process after flashing off using a short-wave infrared
dryer
♦ Initial curing: 10 minutes at approx. 50°C
♦ Full curing, stage 1, 10 minutes at 75 ℃
Sanding
– Obviously excess material can be removed even before the
thermal curing process using, e.g. a body rasp.
– Then sand to contour using P80-grade dry sandpaper.
Processing:
No limitation
Data
Air drying: Powder + liquid
hardener
Flash point: Hardener 33 °C
Powder Not applicable
Storage
The guaranteed shelf life is 12 months from
en AG. Vodate
lkswagof
en production.
AG do
May be used until the date stated wagthe
kson label at latest if stored
ot g in
l es n
Vo
sealed original containerseat
d by+20 °C. ua
ra
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
Storage conditions ss a c
ce
e
nl
– Store cool and dry. Storage temperature +20 °C

pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Note
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Use only in well-ventilated rooms.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ It is recommended to wear safety gloves and a dust mask.

t to the co
♦ It is recommended to use a dust collector.

rrectness of i
l purpos
3.3.2 2-pack fine filler

nf
ercia
Designation:
orm
m
atio
♦ 2-pack fine filler - LSP 784 002 A2-

om
n in
or c
Issued 06/2011
thi
te
sd
iva
Product description
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
The 2-pack fine filler is a very fine, thixotropic polyester filler.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
This filler is suitable for repairing small defects. . C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Properties
♦ Fine and non-porous
♦ Easy to apply
♦ Easy to sand
♦ Very elastic for repairing plastic substrates
Substrate
♦ Steel
♦ Aluminium
♦ Fibreglass
♦ Old paint and factory paint AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Fully cured 2-pack fillers and 2-pack primers byV
o gu
ara
ed
is nte
♦ Plastic parts transparently primed with 2-pack plastic
ut
hor
adhesion eo
surfacer - LKF 696 009 A2- / -LKF 696 040 sA2-
s a or bonding ra
c
agent - ALO 822 000 10-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ Surfaces prepared with 2-pack polyester filler
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Caution
es, in part or in w
t to the co
This filler may not be applied to PVB (acid-curing) surfaces or
1-pack primer (e.g. synthetic resin).
rrectness of i
It is also unsuitable for thermoplastic or viscoelastic paint. In
these cases, apply filler only to the bare metal.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
– Carefully remove any grease and sand surface. atio

om
n in
or c
– For UP-GF (fibreglass) substrate parts, remove residual re‐

thi
e
lease agents and lightly sand surface.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Before recoating, use a suitable cleaning agent to ensure a

clean surface free of residues.

Application:
Manner of application:
– With filling knife
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Mixing ratio:by Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
– Addtho2-3% by weight 2-pack hardener - LVM 018
r e000
or A1/A2-
or
s au2-pack hardener, slow-drying - LVM 018 100 A2- aespecially
c
s
at high temperatures.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Avoid adding too much hardener, as this can lead to bleeding

h re
through, especially with dayglow paints and light metallic colours.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Pot life:
– At +20 °C ambient temperature, approximately 3-5 minutes
rrectness of i
l purpos
– At least +5 °C
nform
ercia
Drying
m
at
Air drying:
om
ion
c
in t
– At +20 °C ambient temperature, approximately 20-30 minutes

or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Infrared drying:
♦ Short-wave radiant heater, 3 minutes (at 50% power)
♦ Medium-wave radiant heater, 5 minutes
Sanding
After the drying times given above:
– First sanding dry with P180 to P240-grade sandpaper
– Second sanding dry with P240 to P320-grade sandpaper
– First sanding wet with P240-320 grade sandpaper

– Second sanding wet with P600-800 grade sandpaper
Note
♦ When wet sanding, be sure to thoroughly dry the surface by

polishing with a chamois.
♦ Heat resistant to +80 °C.
Recoating
Recommended structure:
♦ 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2-
♦ 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- and 2-pack HS sur‐
facer
♦ 2-pack plastic adhesion surfacer
swage- LKF 696 009 A2-d/o-LKF
n AG. Volkswagen AG
es n 696
040 A2- by
Volk ot g
u d ara
se n
♦ Transparent adhesion
tho
ri promoter - ALO 822 000 10- and elas‐ tee
or
ticised 2-pack HS
s a surfacer (for plastic parts)
u ac
s
ce
le
– Then recoat with top coat.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm

ab
pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Data
t to the co
Viscosity as pastos
supplied
rrectness of i
Flash point: Filler, above 23 °C

l purpos
VOC content: The EU limit value for this product (product cat‐
2004/42/IIB egory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form is max. 250
nform
(b)(250)170 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC

ercia
content of this product in ready-to-spray form is

m
max. 170 g/l.

com
tion in
r
Storage
te o
thi
s
iva
do
The guaranteed shelf life is 12 months from date of production.

r
rp
cum
May be used until the date stated on the label at latest if stored in
fo
en
ng
sealed original containers at +20 °C.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Storage conditions
– Storage temperature +20 °C (+30 °C must not be exceeded).
3.3.3 2-pack fine filler, flexible

Designation:
♦ 2-pack fine filler, flexible - LSP 787 100 A1-
Issued 07.2010
Product description
2-pack fine filler, flexible - LSP 787 100 A1- is a two-pack filler
with good filling characteristics.
The product does not shrink and offers excellent adhesion to nu‐
merous substrates.
This filler is especially suitable for plastics.
♦ For repair of exterior plastic body surface damage with loss of
material (scratches, holes, cracks) but no perforation of ma‐
terial
♦ For filling cuprammonium-rayon plastic which has previously
been repaired using plastic repair set - D 007 700-
♦ To fill over a repair to avoid marking G. Volkswagen
A AG do
agen es n
Technical data sheet olksw ot g
yV ua
db ran
Properties rise tee
tho or
au ac
♦ Uniform, fine, creamy
ss consistency
ce
e
nl
pt
♦ Good filling characteristics – no shrinkage

du
an
itte
y li
erm
♦ Fast-hardening
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Good sanding characteristics

wit
, is n
h re
♦ Adheres well to metal and plastic

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Substrate
t to the co
♦ Steel
rrectness of i

l purpos
♦ Aluminium
nform
ercia
♦ All cleaned and sanded plastics in vehicles

m
at
♦ Glass-fibre reinforced plastics (UP-GF)

om
ion
c
in t
r
♦ Well-sanded old paint or factory paint

o
his
ate
do
riv
♦ Fully cured 2-pack fillers and 2-pack primers

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
63
AG.
3. Genuine products
⇒ “2.3 General procedurewafor

gentreating
AG. Volksareas
wagen Awhich
G do were sanded
es n
through down to theysubstrate
Volks (bare metal surfaces)”,ot g page 8
u b ara
ed
ho
ris nte
e
t or
au ac
– Carefully
ss remove any grease and sand surface.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Before recoating, clean again with slow-drying silicone remov‐
l purpos
er - LVM 020 100 A5- or silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- .
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Amarok
ir se
d 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ran➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
tee
o
auth General information,
or
ac Paint - Edition 11.2015
ss
ce
le
Recoating
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Apply fine filler alone.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Coat fine filler with 2-pack fine filler - LSP 784 002 A2- or with
hole
2-pack spray filler - ALN 788 007- (except on galvanised sheet
spec
metal).
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Prime any bare metal surfaces and filled surfaces using 2-
pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- , and then apply 2-pack
HS Performance surfacer .
rrectness of i
– Then recoat with top coat.
l purpos
nform
ercia
Note
m
a
com
ti
Before applying filler, the entire surface must be dry sanded with
on in
P280 to P400-grade sandpaper.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
Application table
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Mixing ratio 2-3% by weight
Co
Cop py
t. rig
Hardener 2-pack hardener - LVM 018 00 A1-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Pot life 2-4 minutes at +20 °C
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Drying time (air 20-30 minutes
drying at +20 ℃
ambient temper‐
ature)
Infrared drying:
Short- Approx. 3 minutes (at 50% power)
wave
Medi‐ Approx. 5 minutes
um-
wave
Sanding First sanding Second sanding
Wet As P180-grade fine As P320 to P360-
filler grade fine filler
Dry As P80-grade and as As P120 to P240-
P120-grade fine filler grade filler and as
P280-grade fine filler
Caution

It is also unsuitable for thermoplastic or viscoelastic paint. In
these cases, apply filler only to the bare metal.
Note
♦ Before applying filler, the entire surface must be dry sanded

with P280 to P320-grade sandpaper.
♦ Avoid adding too much hardener, as this can lead to bleeding
through, especially with dayglow paints and light metallic col‐
ours.
♦ The minimum reaction temperature is +5 °C. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
3.3.4 2-pack spray filler ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
Designation: s
ce
le
un
pt
♦ 2-pack spray filler - ALN 788 007-
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Issue 05.2012
ility
ot p
wit
Product description
is n
h re
ole,
The 2-pack spray filler - ALN 788 007- is a 2-pack spray filler for
spec
repairing vehicles. Application: for evening out rough uneven
t to the co
areas.
Further applications:
rrectne
♦ Especially suitable for use on large surfaces
♦ Very good spraying properties
ss o
cial p
f
♦ Easy to apply and has good vertical stability
inform
mer
♦ Good levelling
atio
m
♦ VOC value < 250 g/l

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
Substrate
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ Steel panels cleaned, sanded and primed with 2-pack wash
ht
pyri by
Vo
primer - LHV 043 000 A2- and then isolated with 2-pack HS
o
by c lksw
cted agen
surfacer , electroplated or roller galvanized steel panels or Prote AG.
aluminium
♦ Fully cured, solvent-resistant, well-preserved and lightly san‐
ded old paint or original paint
♦ Surfaces prepared with 2-pack polyester filler
♦ Cleaned and sanded UP-GF (fibreglass) surfaces, free of re‐
lease agents
Caution

It is also unsuitable for thermoplastic or viscoelastic paint.
Any areas which were sanded through down to the substrate
(bare metal surfaces) must be primed using 2-pack wash pri‐
mer - LHV 043 000 A2- , and then 2-pack HS Performance
surfacer must be applied.

– Carefully remove any grease and sand surface.
– Before recoating all substrates, use a suitable cleaning agent

to ensure a clean surface free of residues.
Application agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
Mixing ratio: d by V gu
ara
rise nte
– Add 5% by volume 2-pack
utho
hardener - LHA 841 000 A2- . eo
ra
s a c
s
– Pot life, 20-30 minutes at +20 °C.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– The minimum reaction temperature is +15 ℃.

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Set application viscosity for a material temperature of +20 °C.

2-2.5 mm.
2-3 bar.
– Five spray coats result in approximately 500-600 µm (coat

. Volkswagen AG
thicknesses up to approximately 1000 µm arekpossible).
swa
gen AG does
n ol ot g
yV
Method of application: “brush” sedb ua
ran
ri tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
Note
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
When “brushing”, apply the material in one operation.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Drying
Air drying at +20 ℃ ambient temperature:
rrectne
– Can be sanded after 2 hours
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Forced drying: t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
– Flash off time at least 10 minutes p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Drying time 30 minutes at +60 °C material temperature
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Infrared drying: rise
d b ara
nte
tho eo
– Flash off time at least 5 minutes
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Drying time 10-12 minutes, short-wave radiant heater at 50%
power
l purpos
– Drying time 15-20 minutes, medium-wave radiant heater
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Note
om
n in
or c
Heat resistant to +80 °C.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
Further steps
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Dry sanding:
– First sanding dry with P120 to P220-grade sandpaper

– Second sanding dry with P240 to P400-grade sandpaper
Note
Dry sanding should be carried out with a suitable sander and a

dust collector.
Recoating
– Rework with:
♦ 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- (only where sanded to
bare metal)
♦ 2-pack HS surfacer agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Top coat as: ed by V gu
ara
ris nte
o
♦ Waterborne autbasecoat, 2-pack HS clear coat and 2-pack HS
h eo
ra
top coat ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility

ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Data
Viscosity as Thixotropic
rrectness of i
supplied
l purpos
Flash point: Above 23 °C

nform
ercia

m

at
om
io
max. 250 g/l.

n
c
in t
or
his
te
Storage
a
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
g
n
t.
yi Co
op
sealed original containers at +20 °C. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
Storage conditions
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.3.5 2-pack IR Premium filler

Designations:
♦ 2-pack IR Premium filler - LSP 787 220 A1-
Issued 02.2011
Product description
2-pack IR Premium filler - LSP 787 220 A1/A2/A3- is a high-grade. Volkswage
AG
polyester filler for passenger car refinishing. ksw
agen
n AG d
oes
n ol ot g
yV ua
♦ For all common metallic substrates edb ran
ris tee
ho
♦ Very good adhesion to galvanised substrates
aut or
ac
ss
♦ Good sanding properties
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ Easy to apply and non-porous
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Especially suitable for IR drying
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Substrate
t to the co
♦ Sheet steel
rrectne
s
♦ Aluminium
s o
cial p
f
♦ Well-sanded factory paint or old paint
inform
mer
♦ Fully cured, primed two-pack surfacers and two-pack primers
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
lease agents
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r

p
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Caution rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

It is also unsuitable for thermoplastic or viscoelastic paint.
– Carefully remove any grease and sand surface.
– Before recoating all substrates, use a suitable cleaning agent
Application
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Mixing ratio:
wit
is n
– Add 2-3% by weight 2-pack hardener - LVM 018 000 A1/A2-
h re
ole,
or, especially at high temperatures above +20°C, 2-pack hard‐
spec
ener, slow-drying - LVM 018 100 A2- .
t to the co
Note
rrectne
Avoid adding too much hardener, as this can lead to bleeding
s
through, especially with dayglow paints and light metallic colours.
s o
cial p
f inform
Pot life:
mer
atio
– At +20°C ambient temperature, approximately 2-4 minutes
om
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
va
– At least +5°C
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Drying
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Air drying:
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
– Drying time at +20°C ambient temperature approximately 20
agen
Prote AG.
to 30 minutes
Infrared drying:
Drying time:
♦ Short-wave radiant heater, 3 minutes (at 50% power)
♦ Medium-wave radiant heater, 5 minutes

Sanding
After the drying times given above:
– Sand dry initially with P80- to P240-grade sandpaper
– Sand dry again with P240- to P400-grade sandpaper
Note
Heat resistant to +80 °C.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Recoating auth ra
ss c
♦ Apply fine filler alone.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ Coat fine filler with 2-pack fine filler - LSP 784 002 A2- or with
itte
y li
rm
2-pack spray filler - ALN 788 007- (except on galvanised sheet
ab
pe
ility
metal).
ot
wit
, is n
♦ Prime sanded-down metal surfaces and filled surfaces again
h re
hole
using 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- , and then apply
spec
2-pack HS Performance surfacer .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
ti
Data
on in
r
te o
thi
Viscosity as pastos
s
iva
do
supplied
r
rp
cum
fo
Flash point: Filler, above 23 °C

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
max. 150 g/l.
Storage
Storage conditions
3.3.6 2-pack diamond aluminium filler

Designation:
♦ 2-pack diamond aluminium filler, powder - DA 004 200 A2-
♦ 2-pack diamond aluminium filler, hardener - DA 004 201 A1-
♦ 2-pack diamond aluminium filler, hardener - DA 004 211 A1-
Issue 09.2012
Product description
This filler is an all-purpose polyester filler especially suitable for
repair of sheet aluminium.
It is designed for use in automobile repairs.
This filler is easy to spread and sand, and has great mechanical
and thermal stability.
Note
If the temperature is above 30 °C or relative humidity is above

80%, hardener - DA 004 211 A1- must be used.

Substrate
♦ Aluminium
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Carefully remove any grease and sand surface. The sub‐

strates must be prepared using
rrectness of i
page 350 . In addition, they must be sanded down to the bare

metal using P40-grade sandpaper. If necessary, clean soiled
l purpos
surface again, and remove any residue from cleaning using

brush grinder set.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Application
Mixing ratio:
– The two components are mixed in a ratio of 1 part liquid hard‐
ener to between 2.5 and 3 parts powder (or 10 grams of liquid
hardener and 25 grams of powder) to a consistency which may
be worked with a filling knife.
Note
Avoid adding excessive amounts of liquid hardener, asgethis AGwill

. Volkswagen AG
impair the final hardness and adhesion characteristics a n
ksw of the filler.
does
ol not
V y gu
db ara
rise nte
Pot life: tho eo
s au ra
c
– Pot life at +20°C ambient temperature
s approximately 4 to 6 mi‐
ce
e
nl
nutes
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– At least +5°C
wit
, is n
h re
Drying
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Air drying:
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
g
– Flash-off time approx. 10 minutes

n
t.
yi Co
op py
– Curing process after flashing off using a short-wave infrared
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
dryer p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ Initial curing: 10 minutes at 50 °C Prote AG.

Sanding
– The obviously excess material can be removed before final
thermal curing using the body plane. Then sand to contour
using P80-grade dry sandpaper.
Processing:
No limitation
Note
♦ Use only in well-ventilated rooms.

♦ It is recommended to wear safety gloves and a dust mask.
♦ It is recommended to use a dust collector.
♦ Thermal curing is required to allow for any solvent to escape
from the material. Otherwise bubbles will build up under the
paintwork structure.
Data
Viscosity as Powder + liquid hardener
supplied
Flash point: Hardener, 33 °C
Powder, not applicable
Storage
AG. Volkswagen AG d
sealed original containers at +20 °C. lksw
agen oes
no o t gu
yV
edb ara
ris nte
Storage conditions tho eo
au ra
– Store cool and dry. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Storage temperature +20 °C

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
3.4 Priming metal

ss o
⇒ “3.4.1 1-pack anti-corrosion wash primer”, page 76

cial p
f inform
⇒ “3.4.2 1-pack wash primer”, page 80

mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
3.4.1 1-pack anti-corrosion wash primer

te
sd
iva
o
pr
Designation:
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ 1-pack anti-corrosion wash primer - ALN 002 003 10-
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Issued 06/2011
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Product description
agen
Prote AG.
1-pack anti-corrosion primer is a zinc chromate-free one-pack

product based on polyvinyl butyral for passenger car refinishing.

The special combination of pigments and binders provides good

corrosion protection and adhesion and is also certified suitable
for application on welded joints. However, because this product
is non-conductive, it is not suitable for use with spot-weld work.
It is recommended to apply a coat of 2-pack HS surfacer over the
1-pack anti-corrosion wash primer - ALN 002 003 10- at remaining
rust spots on corners and edges, as well as areas which have
been sanded bare.
Substrate
♦ Fully cured, solvent-resistant, well-preserved and sanded fac‐
tory paint or old paint (with the exception of thermoplastic
paint) gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
♦ Surfaces prepared with 2-pack dpolyester
by
V products and then gu
ara
finely sanded orise nte
eo
th
au ra
Substrate pre-treatment: ss c
ce
le
un
– Thoroughly clean with silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- or
pt
an
d
slow-drying silicone remover - LVM 020 100 A5- .

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectnes
– Dry sand using orbital sander with P400 to P500-grain sand‐

s o
paper and dust collector.

cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Wet sand with P800 to P1000-grain sandpaper. Completely

remove any rust spots and sand feather edges to old paint.
Application
Thinner:
♦ 2-pack thinner plus - LHA 014 000 A5-
♦ 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2/A5-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Add 40% thinner at a material temperature of +20 °C auth or
ac
ss
– If thinner is added, use measuring stick to mix.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Application viscosity 4 mm, gravity-feed spray gun “compliant”

and “HVLP”:
nform
ercia
DIN 4 mm: 18-20 seconds.

m
ISO 4 mm: 44-53 seconds.

com
tion in

r
te o
thi
1.3-1.4 mm for “compliancy” and “HVLP”.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Apply in two coats.

– The specified thickness for the dry film is 15-20 µm.
Method of application: “brush”
Note
♦ When “brushing”, apply the material in one or two operations.

♦ Viscosity as supplied is identical to application viscosity.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Flash-off time is 15-25 minutesriseat +20 °C ambient temperature.
d b ara
nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Recoating
l purpos
♦ Apply 2-pack HS surfacer ⇒ page 91
nform
mercia
Caution at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
Do not recoat with polyester products.

ate
do
priv
Do not recoat with epoxy products.

um
for
en
ng
t.
Do not overpaint directly with waterborne base coat.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Do not use on thermoplastic paint.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
The following three-stage structure is recommended: cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Prime with 1-pack anti-corrosion wash primer - ALN 002

003 10-
♦ Isolate with 2-pack HS surfacer
♦ Finish
The three-stage structure must be used for galvanised sub‐
strates.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Data olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Viscosity as 90-100 seconds thor eo
supplied ss au ra
c
ce
Flash point: Above +23 °C
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
2004/42/IIB(c) egory IIB.c) in ready-to-spray form is max.
ab
ility
(780)780 780 g/litre of volatile organic compounds. The ot p
wit
VOC content of this product in ready-to-spray
, is n
h re
form is max. 780 g/l.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Storage
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
3.4.2 1-pack wash primer

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Designation:
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
♦ 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 007 A2- , light grey
agen
Prote AG.
♦ 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 171 A2- , dark grey

Issued 08.2013
Product description
The 1-pack wash primer is a zinc chromate-free single-pack prod‐
uct suitable for all commonly found metallic substrates.
♦ Suitable for all common metallic substrates
♦ VOC compliant with good corrosion protection
♦ Easy-to-use one-pack product
♦ Has welding certificate.
♦ Available in light grey and dark grey
Substrate
♦ Steel
♦ Lightly sanded factory primer (not for large surfaces of lightly
sanded electrophoretic primer of new parts)


finely sanded
Note
Owing to the wide variety of metal alloys and manufacturing pro‐

cesses, it is essential to carry out a preliminary test on the
respective substrate to ensure that the pretreatment is sufficient
to guarantee perfect adhesion.
– Clean and lightly sand factory paint or old paint, completely

remove any rust spots and sand feather edges to the old paint.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Before recoating, use a suitable cleaning agent to ensure a spec

es, in part or in w
clean surface free of residues. t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Application
Thinner:
♦ 2-pack thinner, slow-drying - LVM 009 300 A2- (for large ob‐
jects and high temperatures)
– Application viscosity 4 mm, at +20°C, DIN 53211 is the mixing

viscosity.
Add 50% thinner at a material temperature of +20 °C
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
– If thinner is added, use measuring
ss stick to mix.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
and “HVLP”:
y li
rm
ab
pe
DIN 4 mm: 18-20 seconds ility

ot
wit
, is n
ISO 4 mm: 36-45 seconds

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m

com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– When using as wash primer, apply one spray coat.

Note
Small bare-metal spots may be isolated using waterborne base

coat or 2-pack HS top coat only with wet-on-wet application or
with intermediate sanding on top of 1-pack wash primer - LVM
044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- if the bare-metal spot is not
greater than 5.0 cm in diameter.
Flash-off time at +20 °C ambient temperature, recoat after:

♦ 10-15 minutes with 2-pack HS surfacer .
♦ 20-30 minutes with waterborne base coat (only for small bare-
metal spots)
♦ 10-15 minutes with 2-pack HS top coat (only for small bare-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
metal spots) olkswagen oes
no
V t gu
by
♦ Dry forrissanding
ed in 45-60 minutes ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Recoating
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Application Recoat with

h re
hole
spec
As wash primer 2-pack HS surfacer

es, in part or in w
as wash primer with intermedi‐ Wet sand with P800 to P1000-

t to the co
ate sanding grade paper

Recoat with:
rrectness of i
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack HS clear coat (only for small
l purpos
bare-metal spots).
♦ 2-pack HS top coat (only for small bare-metal spots).
nform
mercia
a
com
Caution
ion in
r
te o
thi
Do not recoat with polyester products.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Do not recoat with epoxy products.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Do not recoat with water-based products.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Cannot be dry sanded.
agen
Prote AG.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle ir se 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤
d ran , Caddy
tee 2011 ...
o
au Paint - Edition 11.2015
th or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Data
ole,
spec
Viscosity as At least 60 seconds
t to the co
supplied
rrectne
(780)760 780 g/litre of volatile organic compounds. The
ss
o
cial p
f
inform
mer
atio
m
Storage
o
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Designation:
♦ 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2-
Issued 10.2010
Product description
The 2-pack wash primer is a zinc chromate-free, phenol-free,
acid-curing two-pack wash primer from our PVB system.
♦ Passivation qualities provide excellent corrosion protection
♦ For all metal substrates, in particular for aluminium and
galvanised steel panels
♦ Easy to apply
♦ Colour: olive grey
Substrate
♦ Bare sheet steel, cleaned and sanded
finely sanded


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
– Before recoating, suse
s a a suitable cleaning agent to ensure a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Application
Mixing ratio:
nf
ercia
orm
– 1:1 by volume with 2-pack additive solution - LHA 004 000 A2-
m
atio
om
n in
Pot life:
or c
thi
te
– Ready-to-spray preparation approx. 8-10 hours at +20 ℃

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
Mixed material must be used the same day. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

and “HVLP”:

tions to 0.7 bar for “HVLP”. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
86
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
w es n
olks ot g
yV ua
Drying ris
ed b ran
tee
tho
or
Air drying ats +20 °C ambient temperature, may be resprayed after
au ac
30 minutes s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
WARNING
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Force drying and infrared drying are not possible because they
wit
, is n
h re
can cause intermediate adhesion problems.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Recoating
l purpos
After flash-off period at +20 °C, may be resprayed with 2-pack HS

surfacer.
nf
ercia
It can then be overpainted with:
orm
m
atio
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack HS clear coat
om
n in
or c
♦ 2-pack HS top coat
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Caution
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Do not recoat with polyester products, epoxy products or wa‐
. C rig
ht ht
ter-based products.
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Do not directly overpaint with waterborne base coat or 2-pack

HS top coat.

Data
Viscosity as At least 60 seconds
supplied
(780)780 780 g/litre of volatile organic compounds. The
Note
Coverage was calculated on the basis of the recommended coat

thickness and the percentage by volume of non-volatile material
(without added thinner). The respective loss during application
was not taken into account.
Storage
Guaranteed shelf life is 24 months from date of production. May
be used until the date stated on the label at latest if stored in
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
3.5 Priming plastic materials ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “3.5.1 Adhesion promoter (transparent)”, page 88
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
3.5.1 Adhesion promoter (transparent)
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Designation:
h re
hole
spec
♦ Adhesion promoter - ALO 822 000 10- (transparent)
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Issued 06/2011
Product description
rrectness of i
This transparent adhesion promoter is a versatile single-pack ad‐
hesion promoter for all plastic parts commonly found on vehicle
l purpos
exteriors.
This adhesion promoter is characterised by its excellent adhe‐
nform
ercia
sion, high elasticity and easy application.

m
at
om
i
on
c
in t
or
Substrate
his
ate
do
riv
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
All plastic parts commonly found on vehicle exteriors.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ PP, EPDM, ABS, PC, PPO, PA, R-TPU, PBTP, PVC. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ PUR, PUR flexible foam. Prote
cted AG.
agen
♦ UP-GF (fibreglass).
The substrate must be free of release agents.
Before cleaning plastic parts, temper them for 60 minutes at
+60 ℃ to “sweat out” the release agents.
– Clean with anti-static plastic cleaner - LVM 001 001 A2- or with
the milder slow-drying silicone remover - LVM 020 100 A5- .
Note
♦ The effort required for the necessary cleaning depends on the

type and quantity of the release agent used. It is recommen‐
ded to use an emery pad to help in cleaning.
♦ Let the thinner evaporate completely (e.g. air-dry overnight at
ambient temperature or for 30-40 minutes at +60 °C).

– Before priming, clean lightly once more with anti-static plastic

cleaner - LVM 001 001 A2- or slow-drying silicone remover -
LVM 020 100 A5- (with anti-static effect).
Application
Thinner:
– Do not add any thinner!
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Note
ole,
spec
Do not add any thinner! The viscosity as supplied is identical to

t to the co
the application viscosity.

rrectne

and “HVLP”:
s
DIN 4 mm: 11 seconds

s o
cial p
f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
2.0-2.5 bar for “compliancy”. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– One full coat is 1-2 µm.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Drying
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Air drying at +20 °C ambient temperature, may be resprayed after
ot
15 minutes
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Recoating
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
After flash-off period at +20 °C, may be resprayed with 2-pack HS

surfacer elasticized with elastic additive - ALZ 011 001- .


Data
Viscosity as 11 seconds
supplied
Storage
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Storage conditions
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
The prescribed storage temperature is +20 °C. (Do not store at
ot
wit
temperatures below +5 °C.)
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
3.6 Surfacer
m
a
com
tion in
⇒ “3.6.1 2-pack HS Vario surfacer”, page 91
r
te o
thi
s
iva
⇒ “3.6.2 2-pack HS premium surfacer”, page 100

do
r
rp
cum
fo
⇒ “3.6.3 2-pack HS mixture surfacer”, page 106

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “3.6.4 2-pack HS Performance surfacer”, page 118 C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
⇒ “3.6.5 2-pack plastic adhesion surfacer”, page 124 copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
⇒ “3.6.6 2-pack HS wet-on-wet surfacer”, page 128
AG.
3.6.1 2-pack HS Vario surfacer

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS Vario surfacer - LGF 786 004 A4- , grey
Issued 04.2013
Product description
2-pack HS Vario surfacer is a high-grade, versatile, VOC-compli‐
ant 2-pack HS surfacer based on acrylic resins.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ ,auCC tho
2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ... e or a
ss 11.2015 c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Properties:
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Can be applied wet-on-wet or as sanding surfacer
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ Can be mixed with HS and VHS hardeners
h re
hole
♦ Good isolating properties even on old thermoplastic paint
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Very good top coat flow
rrectness of i
Substrate
l purpos
♦ Sheet steel, electroplated or roller galvanized sheet steel or
nform
ercia
soft aluminium, cleaned, sanded and coated with 2-pack wash

primer - LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044
m
a
com
t
007/171 A2-
ion in
r
te o
♦ Finely sanded or unsanded, thoroughly cleaned, original fac‐
thi
s
iva
tory primer
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Lightly sanded factory paint or old paint (including thermo‐
gh ht
yri by
plastic paint) cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
finely sanded
lease agents
– Then lightly sand.


Application with intermediate sanding

Mixing ratio:
– 5:1 by volume with:
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5-
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, slow-drying - LHA 009 052
nA A2-
G. Volksw/ag
-LHA
en AG
009 052 A3- wage does
olks not
V gu
d by ara
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, extra slow-drying
or
ise - LHA 009 053 A2- nte
th eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
Mixing ratio:
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 021 004 A3-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ 2-pack HS hardener - LHA 009 041 A3-
t to the co
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 048 A3- rrectness of i
For elasticization, see ⇒ page 99
l purpos
nform
mercia
Application time/pot life:

a
com
tion in
– Mixed for spraying, 30-60 minutes at +20°C (depending on the

r
te o
thi
hardener used)
s
iva
do
r
rp
Thinner:
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

n AG. Volkswagen AG
Application viscosity 4 mm, gravity-feed
ksw spray gun “compliant”
age does
not
and “HVLP”: y Vol gu
db ara
e
ris nte
ut
ho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Add 10-15% HS hardener or 10-20% VHS hardener at material
temperature +20 °C
– If hardener is added, use measuring stick to mix.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
1.4-1.8 mm for “compliancy”. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.

– Two spray coats are necessary to achieve a dry-film thickness
of 50-80 µm.
– Three spray coats are necessary to achieve a dry-film thick‐
ness of 100-120 µm.

Drying with intermediate sanding

Air dry at +20 °C ambient temperature; must dry overnight before
sanding
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
Final flash-off time with force drying is at least 5-10 minutes.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature up to 80 µm, 20-30
inform
minutes, and greater than 80 µm, 40-45 minutes.
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Final flash-off time with infrared drying is at least 5-10 minutes.
Infrared drying (depending on coat thickness) with medium-wave

radiant heater, 10-20 minutes and with short-wave radiant heater, agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
10 minutes. Vol
ksw es n
ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Further steps
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Wet sand with P800 to P1000-grain sandpaper.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Recoating with intermediate sanding

Recoat with:

Application as “wet-on-wet” surfacer

. Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oes
Mixing ratio: Volks not
gu
by ara
ed
– 5:1 by volume oriswith: nte
eo
th
au ra
♦ 2-pack VHS
ss hardener - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5-c
ce
le
un
pt
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, slow-drying - LHA 009 052 A2- / -LHA
an
d
itte
009 052 A3-
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Mixing ratio:
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
hardener used) cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Thinner:
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ 2-pack thinner - LVE 009 001 A5- rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ 2-pack thinner, slow-drying - LVM 009 300 A2- cted agen
Prote AG.


and “HVLP”:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
DIN 4 mm: 16-18 seconds olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Add 20-25% HS hardener or 30% VHS hardener at material tem‐
rrectne
perature +20 °C.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
1.2-1.4 mm for “compliancy”. Prote
cted AG.
agen

– The specified thickness for the dry film is 25-30 µm. One or
two spray coats are necessary to achieve this.
“Wet-on-wet” application
Flash-off time before application of top coat at +20 °C ambient
temperature:
♦ 15-20 minutes up to max. 90 minutes with 2-pack HS top coat
♦ 25-30 minutes up to max. 90 minutes with waterborne base
coat
♦ 30-35 minutes up to max. 90 minutes with Aqua-Premium wa‐
terborne base coat

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , yCC V 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy
olk not
gu 2011 ...
b a
rised
General information, Paint - Editionran11.2015
tee
ho
aut or
ac
Recoating as “wet-on-wet” surfacer ss
ce
le
un
pt
Recoat with:
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Special notes
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Elasticization for rigid and semi-rigid plastics:
t to the co
♦ First mix the base material with 15% elastic additive - ALZ 011
001- . Mixing ratio 3:1 with VHS hardeners and 20% thinner,
rrectness of i
2:1 with HS hardeners and 20% thinner.
l purpos
♦ Any substrate defects can be treated with 2-pack polyester
filler. After drying and intermediate sanding, isolate the filler
patches with 2-pack HS Vario surfacer.
nform
ercia
♦ To achieve an optimal finish on passenger cars, it is recom‐

m
a
mended to let the surfacer dry overnight before sanding it.
com
tion in
r
♦ Do not apply wet-on-wet on top of thermoplastic factory finish,

te o
thi
and if possible let the surfacer dry overnight before sanding it.
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
♦ A minimum temperature of +15°C is recommended for air dry‐
fo
en
g
ing.
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
Caution copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The flash-off times increase to between 30 and 40 minutes
before applying base coats or 2-pack top coats.

Data
supplied
Flash point: Above 23 ℃
2004/42/IIB(c) egory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form is max. 540
(540)540 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
max. 540 g/l.
Storage
3.6.2 2-pack HS premium surfacer

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer - LVM 013 171 A4- , dark grey
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer - LGF 013 007 A4- , light grey
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer - LGF 013 100 A4- , white
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer - LGF 013 190 A4- , anthracite
Issued 04.2013
Product description
2-pack HS premium surfacer is a very high-grade two-pack HS
sanding surfacer based on acrylic resins.
Properties:
♦ Very long application time
♦ Optimal, reliable application properties
♦ Excellent sanding properties
♦ Excellent vertical stability
♦ Very high coverage
♦ Excellent filling power
♦ Outstanding top coat flow
Substrate
007/171 A2- . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
♦ Finely sanded or unsanded, thoroughly cleaned, original fac‐ yV
olk not
gu
tory primer rised b ara
nte
tho eo
♦ Lightly sanded factory paint or old paint (including
s authermo‐ ra
c
plastic paint) s
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
finely sanded
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
lease agents
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
100
by lksw
cted agen
Rep. gr.00 - Technical data Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
Application rise
d
nte
tho eo
Mixing ratio: ss au ra
c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, extra fast-drying - LHA 009 046 A2-

ole,
spec

t to the co

rrectne
Mixing ratio:
ss o
cial p
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2-

inform
mer
atio
om

n
c
i
or
009 052 A3-

thi
te
sd
iva

pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Mixed for spraying, 90-120 minutes at +20 ℃ (depending on
the hardener used).
Thinner:

and “HVLP”.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Add 10% VHS hardener at material temperature +20 °C.

ot p
wit
, is n
HS hardener is not necessary, but up to 10% may be added.

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.



ness of 80-300 µm.
The maximum dry-film thickness for air drying is 300 μm.
The maximum dry-film thickness for force drying is 250 μm.
The maximum dry-film thickness for IR drying is 200 μm.
The maximum dry-film thickness of black paint for IR drying is
180 μm.
Drying
The material can be sanded after 3-4 hours (film thickness of
80-150 µm and air drying at +20 °C ambient temperature).
If a film thickness of 150-300 µm was applied, allow the material
to dry overnight before sanding.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
103
by c lksw
cted
3. Genuine products
agen
Prote AG.
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature up to 80-150 µm,

25-30 minutes, and 150-250 µm 35-40 minutes.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
Final flash-off time with infrared drying is at least 5-15thominutes.
ris nte
eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Infrared drying (depending on coat thickness) with medium-wave
l purpos
radiant heater, 15-20 minutes and with short-wave radiant heater,

10-15 minutes.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Further steps Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
Recoating
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Recoat with:
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Special notes
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
001- . Mixing ratio 3:1 with HS hardeners and no thinner, 4:1
with VHS hardeners and 5% thinner.
l purpos

nform
ercia
patches with 2-pack HS premium filler.

m
a
com
ti
♦ When isolating certain spots - even on problem substrates -
on in
the best results are achieved with a medium film thickness of
r
te o
thi
80-120 μm in 2 coats, after either air drying overnight, force
s
iva
do
drying or infrared drying. With problem substrates, careful pre‐
r
rp
cum
treatment is imperative, and the surfacer must be applied to
fo
en
g
the entire surface.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ For isolating thermoplastic paint, 2-pack HS Vario surfacer -
ht. rig
rig ht
by
LGF 786 004 A4- , grey is recommended. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Data
supplied
Flash point: Above 23 ℃
max. 540 g/l.

Storage
3.6.3 2-pack HS mixture surfacer

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer - LGF 810 150 A4- , white
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer - LGF 810 151 A4- , black
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer - LGF 810 152 A4- , red
n AG. Volkswagen AG
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer - LGF
olks 810 153 A2- , yellow
wage does
no
V t gu
by ara
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer
ris - LGF 810 154 A2- , blue
ed nte
tho eo
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer
ss
au - LGF 810 155 A2- , green ra
c
ce
le
Issued 04.2013
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Product description
rm
ab
pe
ility
2-pack HS mixture surfacer is an innovative coloured 2-pack HS

ot
wit
, is n
surfacer system based on new generation acrylic resins.

h re
hole
The system comprises six coloured surfacers (white, black, yel‐

spec
low, red, green and blue). These may be mixed with each other
es, in part or in w
t to the co
using simple formulas.

This system is VOC compliant in all combinations.
rrectness of i
Properties:
l purpos
1 - Can be used as an interior paint and can be applied “wet-on-

wet” as surfacer
nform
ercia
♦ Excellent, easy and versatile application

m
a
com
♦ Good levelling
ion in
r
te o
♦ Very fast flash-off

thi
s
iva
do
♦ Very good top coat flow

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Very high coverage
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
2 - Suitable as sanding surfacer by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Good sanding properties
♦ Excellent filling power
♦ Very good drying properties
♦ Long pot life
Substrate


007/171 A2-
tory primer
♦ Lightly sanded factory paint or old paint (except thermoplastic
acrylics)
finely sanded
lease agents
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio

om

c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 horis ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddytee 2011 ...
t or
General information, Paint
au - Edition 11.2015 ac
ss
ce
le
un
Application as interior paint
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Mixing ratio:
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, special - LHA 009 049 A3-
nform
ercia
Mixing ratio:
m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
009 052 A3- t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
hardener used)
Additive:
♦ Mixture surfacer additive - LZS 811 000 A2-

and “HVLP”: 16-19 seconds

Add 20% HS hardener or 40% VHS hardener at material temper‐

ature +20 °C.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion

c
in t
or
ness of 30-70 µm.

his
ate
do
riv
Depending on colour, more spray coats may be necessary.

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Note
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
When applied in the interior, no top coat is necessary. cted agen
Prote AG.
Application as “wet-on-wet” surfacer

Mixing ratio:

Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3-

– Mixed for spraying, 60 minutes at +20°C (depending on the
hardener used)
Additive:
♦ Mixture surfacer additive - LZS 811 000 A2-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Add 20-30% HS hardener or 40-50% VHS hardener at material

temperature +20 °C

– One or two spray coats are necessary to achieve a dry-film

thickness of 30 µm.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
Flash-off time for “wet-on-wet” application before applying top

e
nl
pt
du
coat at +20 °C ambient temperature:

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ For waterborne base coats: 30-120 minutes

ility
ot p
wit
♦ For 2-pack HS top coat: 15-120 minutes

, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
111
co Vo
by lksw
cted
3. Genuine products
agen
Prote AG.
Fast spot-repair system

AG. Volkswagen
Flash-off time for “wet-on-wet” application
lksw before applying top es not
agen AG do
coat at +20 °C ambient temperature:
db
yV
o gu
a
e ran
ris tee
♦ With 2-pack HS hardener,tho extra fast-drying - LHA 009 046 or
A2- : 15 minutes s au ac
s
ce
le
♦ With 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- :
un
pt
an
d
15 minutes
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Mixture surfacer additive - LZS 811 000 A2- at material temper‐
ature +20 °C: 20-30% HS hardener or 40-50% VHS hardener
– If additive is added, use measuring stick to mix.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
Add 10% 2-pack thinner plus - LHA 014 000 A5- at +20°C material op
yi Co
temperature.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– If thinner is added, use measuring stick to mix. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Recoating
Recoat with:

Application as sanding surfacer

Mixing ratio:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Mixing ratio: d by V gu
ara
rise nte
o
– 7:1 by volume with: auth eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
009 052 A3-
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Mixed for spraying, 90-120 minutes at +20°C (depending on

the hardener used)
nf
ercia
Thinner:
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Add 15% HS hardener or 25% VHS hardener at material temper‐

ature +20 °C.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Adjust spray pressure following manufacturer's instructions to rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
– Depending on the spray nozzle, two to four spray coats are

s
iva
do
necessary to achieve a dry-film thickness of 200 µm.

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
The maximum dry-film thickness for air drying is 200 μm.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
The maximum dry-film thickness for force drying is 150 μm.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
The maximum dry-film thickness of light-coloured paints for IR
by lksw
cted agen
drying is 150 μm.
Prote AG.
The maximum dry-film thickness of dark-coloured paints for IR

drying is 120 μm.

Drying
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
olks
wag does
not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature, 60-150 µm
rrectness of i
30-35 minutes.
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Final flash-off time with infrared drying is at least 5-10 minutes. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Infrared drying (depending on film thickness): medium-wave ra‐

diant heater, 15 minutes and short-wave radiant heater, 10 mi‐
nutes (dry 2 minutes at 50% power and 8 minutes at 100%
power).
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Further steps
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Recoating
Recoat with:

olkswagen AGeneral information, Paint - Edition 11.2015
en AG. V ag G does
ksw not
y Vol gu
Special notes ed
b ara
nte
oris eo
h
Elasticization for rigid and au semi-rigid plastics:
t ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
001- .
AG.
♦ For “wet-on-wet” application with 2-pack HS hardener, 2:1 or

30% mixture surfacer additive - LZS 811 000 A2-
♦ For “wet-on-wet” application with 2-pack VHS hardener, 3:1 or
40% mixture surfacer additive - LZS 811 000 A2-
♦ Application as “sanding surfacer” with 2-pack HS hardener 3:1
and 10% thinner
♦ Application as “sanding surfacer” with 2-pack VHS hardener
4:1 and 20% thinner
♦ The minimum flash-off time before the application of a water‐
borne base coat increases to 45 minutes at 20+ °C ambient
temperature.
♦ Force drying (oven drying) increases to 45 minutes when used
as a “sanding surfacer”.
patches with 2-pack HS mixture surfacer.
the entire surface.
LGF 786 004 A4- , grey is recommended.
♦ For air drying, a minimum temperature of +8-15 °C and the
use of 2-pack HS hardener, extra fast-drying - LHA 009 046
A2- is recommended.


♦ Wear personal protective equipment during
en AG. V
olkswaapplication.
gen AG
ag does
ksw not
Data y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
supplied ss c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
max. 540 g/l.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Storage
Guaranteed shelf life is 24 months from date of production and
the guaranteed shelf life of mixture surfacer additive, 48 months.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
3.6.4 2-pack HS Performance surfacer
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Designation: p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ 2-pack HS Performance surfacer - LVM 014 100 A4- , white Prote AG.
♦ 2-pack HS Performance surfacer - LVM 014 173 A4- , dark

grey
♦ 2-pack HS Performance surfacer - LVM 014 190 A4- , anthra‐
cite
Issued 07.2013
Product description
2-pack HS Performance surfacer is a very high-grade two-pack
HS sanding surfacer based on acrylic resins.
Properties:
♦ Fast-drying
♦ Very good spraying properties
♦ Very easy to sand
♦ High non-volatile content results in very good coverage
Substrate
007/171 A2-


tory primer
♦ Lightly sanded factory paint or old paint (except thermoplastic
acrylics)
finely sanded
lease agents
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Before recoating,ssuse a suitable cleaning agent to ensure a
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Note
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
It is recommended to mix 2-pack HS Performance surfacer - LVM

hole
014 ...- in a mixing machine.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Application
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Mixing ratio: olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
– 5:1 by volume with: horis nte
eo
aut ra
♦ 2-pack VHS Performance hardener - LVM 009 038 A2-
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
♦ 2-pack VHS Performance hardener, slow-drying - LVM 009
an
d
itte
039 A2-
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ (For very high technical durability)
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Mixing by weight is possible with the help of Wizard Plus.
♦ Observe national explosion prevention guidelines.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Ready for spraying, 45-75 minutes at +20°C (depending on

m
a
com
t
the hardener and thinner used)
ion in
r
te o
Thinner:
thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

and “HVLP”.

Add 10-15% VHS Performance hardener at material temperature

+20 °C.

– One to three spray coats (with intermediate flash-off time) are

necessary to attain the recommended dry-film thickness of
60-250 µm.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Drying
y li
erm
ab
ility

ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Force drying at +60 °C material temperature up to 60-150 µm,

15-20 minutes, and 150-250 µm 20-25 minutes.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Infrared drying (depending on film thickness): short-wave radiant

spec
es, in part or in w
heater, 10 minutes (dry 2 minutes at 50% power and 8 minutes

t to the co
at 100% power).
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Further steps
Recoating
Recoat with:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
Special notes
nl
pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
001- . Mixing ratio 4:1 with VHS Performance hardeners and

, is n
h re
10% thinner.
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

patches with 2-pack HS Performance surfacer.
rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia
the entire surface.

orm
m
atio

om
LGF 786 004 A4- , grey is recommended.

n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
ing.
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
123
by c lksw
cted
3. Genuine products
agen
Prote AG.
Personal protective equipment: AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
lksw not
♦ Adhere to the safety data sheet. d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
Data s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
supplied
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
max. 540 g/l.
rrectness of i
Storage
l purpos
Guaranteed shelf life:

♦ 2-pack HS Performance surfacer - LVM 014 ...- , 24 months
nform
ercia
from production date.

m
a
com
t
♦ 2-pack VHS Performance hardener - LVM 009 038 A2- , 12
ion in
months from production date.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
039 A2- , 36 months from production date.
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
3.6.5 2-pack plastic adhesion surfacer
cted agen
Prote AG.
Designation:
♦ 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics - LKF 696 009 A2- , white
♦ 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics - LKF 696 040 A2- , black
Issued 08.2013
Product description
This product is a high-grade 2-pack primer surfacer for plastic
parts.
Properties:
♦ Good adhesion on all plastics commonly used for passenger
cars
♦ Wet-on-wet application
♦ Efficient paint system
♦ Easy to use
♦ Very long application time
Substrate
♦ All common exterior plastic car parts
♦ PP, PP/EPDM, ABS, SAN, PC, PA, PUR-RIM, R-TPU, TPO,
PBTP, PVC
♦ PUR, PUR flexible foam.
♦ UP-GF (fibreglass).

Note

– Before applying the surfacer, clean lightly once more with anti-
static plastic cleaner - LVM 001 001 A2- or slow-drying silicone
remover - LVM 020 100 A5- (with anti-static effect).
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Application
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Thinner:
– Do not add any thinner! rrectness of i
Mixing ratio:
l purpos
– 1:1 by volume with hardener for 2-pack primer surfacer - LHA

005 000 A2- .
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Ready-to-spray preparation approx. 7-9 hours at +20 ℃ Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Note
agen
Prote AG.
Do not add any thinner! The material is ready to spray after hard‐
ener has been added.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
and “HVLP”:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
um
for

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Adjust spray pressure following manufacturer's instructions to t. C rig
gh ht
2.0-2.5 bar for “compliancy”. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
– Apply in one spray operation (apply a tack coat followed by a

full coat).

Drying
Air drying at +20 °C ambient temperature, may be resprayed after
15 minutes.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
Recoating
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
May be resprayed wet-on-wet with a suitable top coat after a
nf
ercia
flash-off time of 15-20 minutes (up to 24 hours maximum) at +20 °
orm
C.
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e
Note
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
♦ If required, 2-pack primer surfacer for plastics can be sanded

f
en
ng
t.
yi
lightly with P800 to P1000-grade wet sandpaper after low bak‐
Co
op py
ing for 30 minutes at +60 °C material temperature or air drying
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
for 2 hours at +20 °C ambient temperature. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ Any defects in the substrate can be treated with 2-pack fine Prote AG.
filler - LSP 784 002 A2- after the 2-pack primer surfacer for
plastics has dried.
♦ Filler spots must be isolated with 2-pack primer surfacer for
plastics before the top coat is applied.

WARNING
Painted plastic parts must not be cleaned with a high-pressure

cleaner during the first 6 weeks. After this period, the nozzle
must be held at a distance of no less than 30 cm from the ob‐
ject.


Data
Vis‐ Hardener for 2-pack primer 11 seconds
cosity surfacer
as sup‐ 2-pack plastic adhesion 100 seconds
plied surfacer
Flash Above +23 °C
point:
Storage
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
Storage conditions d by gu
ara
rise nte
o
The prescribed storage temperature
auth for the 2-pack primer sur‐ eo
ra
facer for plastics is +20 °C.
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
The prescribed storage temperature for the hardener for 2-pack

du
an
itte
primer surfacer is +20 °C. (Do not store at temperatures below

y li
erm
ab
+5 °C.) If it has been exposed to freezing temperatures, the hard‐

ility
ot p
ener must first be heated up to +20 °C. Then it is ready for use.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
3.6.6 2-pack HS wet-on-wet surfacer

l purpos
Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS wet-on-wet surfacer - LVM 013 008 A4- , light grey
nform
ercia
♦ 2-pack HS wet-on-wet surfacer - LVM 013 905 A4- , black

m
at
om
io
Issued 10.2015
n
c
in t
or
his
e
Product description
at
do
priv
cum
Light grey 2-pack HS wet-on-wet surfacer is a VOC-compliant

for
en
g
high-grade product based on acrylic resins.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Suitable for all common plastic substrates on passenger cars
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ Short time to paint application, universal with waterborne base
c by lksw
cted agen
coat (wet-in-wet)
Prote AG.
♦ Excellent top coat flow

♦ Available colours: light grey and black


Substrate
AG. Volkswagen AG d
007/171 A2- ksw
agen oes
n ol ot g
yV ua
♦ Finely sanded or unsanded, thoroughly cleaned, original
ed
b fac‐ ran
ris
tory primer utho tee
or
a ac
♦ Well-sanded factory paint or old paint ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
finely sanded
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ In combination with plastic additive - LVM 035 120 A2- suitable
ot
wit
, is n
for all common plastic parts on the vehicle exterior (PP, PP/
h re
EPDM, ABS, SAN, PC, PA, PUR-RIM, R-TPU, TPO, PBTP,
hole
spec
PVC, PUR, PUR soft foam, unsaturated polyester resin -
es, in part or in w
glass-fibre-reinforced).
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Then lightly sand. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Pre-treatment of surfaces on plastic parts:

The substrate must be free of release agents. Before cleaning

plastic parts, temper them for 60 minutes at +60℃ to sweat out
the separating agents.
– Clean parts with anti-static plastic cleaner - LVM 001 001- or
slow-drying silicone remover - LVM 020 100- .
The extent of the cleaning required will vary according to the type
and quantity of separator used.
The use of an emery pad is recommended to obtain optimum
cleaning results.
Let the thinner evaporate completely (e.g. air-dry overnight or for

30 to 40 minutes at +60°C).
– Before applying the wet-in-wet surfacer, clean lightly once
more with anti-static plastic cleaner - LVM 001 001- or slow-
drying silicone remover - LVM 020 100- (with anti-static effect).
1. Application of wet-in-wet surfacer
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Mixing ratio: aut ra
ss c
ce

le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility

ot p
wit
009 052 A3-

is n
h re
ole,
♦ 2K extra slow-drying VHS hardener - LHA 009 053 A2-

spec
t to the co
rrectne
Mixing ratio:
ss o
cial p

inform
mer

atio
om
♦ 2K HS hardener - LHA 009 041 A3-

n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


hardener and thinner used).
Thinner:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
and “HVLP”: 16-18 seconds.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Thinner addition:
nform
ercia
Add thinner at +20 ℃ material temperature:

m
at
om
ion
c
♦ 30% when using VHS hardener

in t
or
his
te
♦ 20% when using HS hardener

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


. Volkswagen AG
tions to 0.7 bar for “HVLP”. swa
gen AG does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
– One to two spray coats are necessary to achieve the recom‐
an
d
itte
mended dry-film thickness of 25-30 µm.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Before recoating, observe the flash-off time of 15 minutes at an

ambient temperature of +20°C (max. 8 hours before applying top
m
a
coat).
com
tion in
r
2. Wet-in-wet surfacer for plastic parts

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3-
♦ 2K extra slow-drying VHS hardener - LHA 009 053 A2-

wage e
Amarok 2011 ➤ , yBeetle Volks 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ s, nCaddy
ot g 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
b ua
ir se
d General information,
ran Paint - Edition 11.2015
tee
ho
aut or
ac
Mixing ratio: ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ 2K HS hardener - LHA 009 041 A3-
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

hardener and thinner used).
m
at
om
io
Additive:
n
c
in t
or
his
e
♦ Plastic additive - LVM 035 120 A2-

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Application viscosity 4 mm, +20°C, DIN 53211

and “HVLP”: 18-20 seconds.

swage es n
Additive added: byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
Additive at +20℃ material temperature: tho tee
or
au ac
♦ 40% when using VHS hardener ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ 30% when using HS hardener
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ If necessary, add 5 to 10% of 2-pack special thinner - LVM 009
ility
ot p
200- .
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Adjust spray nozzle following manufacturer specifications to
rrectness of i
1.3-1.4 mm for “Compliant” and “HVLP” spray gun.
l purpos
– Adjust spray pressure following manufacturer specification to

1.5-2.0 bar for “Compliant” spray gun.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– One to two spray coats are necessary to achieve the recom‐ cop Vo
by lksw
mended dry-film thickness of 30-50 µm. cted agen
Prote AG.
Before recoating, observe the flash-off time of 15 minutes at an

ambient temperature of +20°C (max. 8 hours before applying top
coat).

Recoating
Recoat with:
Special notes
♦ Not recommended for isolating thermoplastic surfaces.
ing.
♦ The use of 2-pack elasticity additive - ALZ 011 001- is not re‐
quired to obtain sufficient elasticity.

♦ Wear personal protective
gen AG
equipment
.Volkswagen AGduring application.
wa does
olks not
Data d byV gu
ara
ise nte
or
Flash point:
au
th Above
+23 °C eo
ra
ss c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm

ab
pe
ility
max. 540 g/l.

ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Storage
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
3.7 Top coats

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
⇒ “3.7.1 2-pack HS top coat”, page 135
Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
⇒ “3.7.2 Aquaplus system, uni (solid-colour) and metallic colours”,
gh ht
yri by
page 141 cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “3.7.3 Aquaplus system (pearlescent and heliochrome)”,
page 147
⇒ “3.7.4 Aquaplus blending system”, page 153
⇒ “3.7.5 Aqua Premium system”, page 157
⇒ “3.7.6 Aqua Premium blending system”, page 168
⇒ “3.7.7 Aqua Premium system (painting rims)”, page 173
3.7.1 2-pack HS top coat

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS uni (solid-colour top) coat - L2K 073 ... ..-
♦ 2-pack HS mixture paint - L2K 074 ... ..-

Issued 04.2013
Product description
The 2-pack HS top coat series is a high-solid, uni (solid-colour)
top-coat system. It is used for car finishing.
The colour range is comprehensive due to a selection of mixture
paints adjusted for this purpose.
Properties:
♦ Easy to apply
♦ Fast-drying
♦ Excellent top coat flow
♦ VOC conformity under 420 g/l AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Technical data sheet olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
Substrate horis
eo
aut ra
Suitable substrates: ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Surfaces treated with primer or surfacer
ot p
wit
, is n
Suitable priming materials:
h re
hole
spec
• Depends on the object and the substrate, in accordance with
es, in part or in w
recommendations for paintwork structure
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
paper and dust collector. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Or lightly “wet” sand using P800 to P1000-grain sandpaper.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
Application ss
ce
le
un
pt
Mixing ratio:
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- (for small
is n
areas and spot repair) h re

ole,
spec
t to the co
(for small to medium-size areas at moderate temperatures)

009 052 A3- (for larger areas at moderate temperatures)
rrectne

(for large areas at high temperatures)
ss o
cial p
♦ See technical data sheet for 2-pack VHS hardener

inform
⇒ page 224
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
Note
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
The mixture ratio for black matt - L2K 073 3FZ A2- and grey matt
cum
r
fo
- L2K 073 7DL A2- is 4:1 with 2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009
en
ng
t.
yi
051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5- .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Mixed for spraying, 60 to 90 minutes at +20°C
May be thinned with 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- ,
HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- or 2-pack thinner, slow-drying
- LVM 009 300 A2-
Note
If HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- is used, observe the tech‐
nical data sheet ⇒ page 233 .

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Application viscosity for +20 °C material temperature.
t to the co
Application viscosity “compliant” and “HVLP”:
18-20 seconds
rrectness of i
18-25 seconds for black matt - L2K 073 3FZ A2- and grey matt -
l purpos
L2K 073 7DL A2- .
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Add 12.5% thinner at +20 °C material temperature.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– One-and-a-half spray coats are necessary to achieve the rec‐

ommended dry-film thickness of 50-60 µm.
Note
♦ When used for spot repairs (Clever Repair method), 12.5% HS

spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- may be
wage
substituted
n AG. Volkswagen for
AG dthe
oes
12.5% 2-pack thinner, special
y V-
o LVM 009 200 A2- .
lks not
gu b ara
ed
♦ Do not apply to horizontal
ho surfaces.
ris nte
e
t or
au ac
♦ The first half-coat form a uniformly thin film over which should
ss
a full spray coat is directly sprayed.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ If the paint hue does not hide well, it may be necessary to apply
y li
erm
ab
an additional spray coat after an appropriate flash-off time. 2-
ility
ot p
pack HS top coat can be recoated with more of the same paint
wit
within 24 hours without »intermediate sanding«.
, is n
h re
hole
♦ The mixing colours in this mixing paint series can be used only
as part of a colour formula. If any mixing colour is applied spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
alone, the results may differ substantially to the description in
this technical data sheet.
rrectness of i
Drying
l purpos

nform
ercia
♦ Dust dry in 20-30 minutes

m
at
♦ Dry for assembly in 5-6 hours

om
ion
c
in t
r
♦ Dry overnight
o
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
AG.

Force drying at +60 °C material temperature in 15-20 minutes.
The final flash-off time with infrared drying is at least 5 minutes. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Infrared drying of light colours with short-wave radiant heater: 5
minutes at 50% power and then 10 minutes at 100% power.
rrectness of i
Infrared drying of light colours with medium-wave radiant heater:
l purpos
15 minutes
Infrared drying of dark colours with medium-wave radiant heater:
nform
ercia
12 minutes
m
a
Infrared drying of dark colours with short-wave radiant heater: 12
com
tio
minutes at 50% power
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
Note
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
If a short-wave radiant dryer is operated at 100% power to dry Cop py
.
dark colours, bubbles or blisters may develop when the next coat
t rig
gh ht
yri by
is applied. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Special notes:
Elasticisation:
001- .
♦ Mixture with 2-pack VHS hardeners, 3:1 with 15% thinner
Matting and texturing:

♦ First mix the base material with 100 % matting additive - ALN
775 106- or fine texture additive - ALN 775 108- .
Note
♦ No further addition of matting additive - ALN 775 106- is nec‐

essary for the 2-pack uni (solid-colour) top coats black matt -
L2K 073 3FZ A2- and grey matt - L2K 073 7DL A2- because
they are already prepared for a matt finish.
♦ Mixing ratio with 2-pack VHS hardeners - LHA 009 051 A2- /
-LVM 009 051 A5- is 4:1 with 15% thinner.
♦ Two spray coats with 5-10 minutes flash-off time are neces‐
sary for a uniform paint film surface.

Data
Viscosity as Depends on paint colour
supplied
Flash point: +23 °C
wage
VOC content: The EU limit value for this product (product olk s cat‐ es n
ot g
yV
2004/42/IIB egory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form dis max. 420
b ua
ran
ir se
(d)(420)420 g/l of volatile organic compounds.tho The VOC tee
or
content of this product in ready-to-spray
ss
au
form is ac
max. 420 g/l.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Storage
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS uni (solid-colour) top coat
wit
, is n
- L2K 073 ... ..- is 24 months from production date.
h re
hole
spec
The guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS mixing paint - L2K
es, in part or in w
074 ... ..- is 36 months from production date. Both products may
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
3.7.2 Aquaplus system, uni (solid-colour) and

m
at
om
ion
metallic colours
c
in t
or
his
ate
Designation:
do
priv
cum
or
♦ Uni (solid-colour) waterborne mixing paint - LWM 075 ...-

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Metallic waterborne mixing paint - LWM 076 ...-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Uni (solid-colour) waterborne base coat - LUW/LWG 038 ...- cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Metallic waterborne base coat - LMW/LWG 039 ...-
AG.
Issued 11.2012
Product description
The Aquaplus system is a high-grade waterborne base coat sys‐
tem. It is based on a special PU dispersion technology for high-
grade two-stage solid and metallic colours.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 aut ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
ho eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Properties:
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Easy to apply
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ Good vertical stability
h re
hole
♦ Good hiding power
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Recoatable with 2-pack HS clear coat
♦ VOC compliant
rrectness of i
Note l purpos
After overspraying with 2-pack HS clear coat, it produces a high-
nform
ercia
gloss, weather-resistant finish.

m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
Substrate
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Intact old paint t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
♦ Surfaces coated with primer or surfacer (2-pack HS surfacer) yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ Substrates isolated with 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 007
agen
Prote AG.
A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2-
♦ For plastic surfaces, substrates isolated with 2-pack primer
surfacer for plastics - LKF 696 009 A2- / -LKF 696 040 A2-
♦ See special notes ⇒ page 143


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Before recoating, use a suitable cleaning agent to ensure a ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
leaving no streaks.
t to the co
Special notes
rrectness of i
♦ Areas sanded to bare metal must be isolated with 1-pack wash
primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- . Bare metal
l purpos
spots must not be larger than 5.0 cm in diameter.

♦ If 2-pack HS surfacer is used, bare metal spots must be iso‐
nf
ercia
lated with 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack
orm
wash primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- .
m
atio
om
n in
Application
or c
thi
te
Mixing containers:
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
• Plastic containers or tinplate containers with inner coating
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Sieves: t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
• Waterborne base coats are to be filtered through waterproof pyri by
Vo
o
by c
125 μm quick sieves before application by means of cup sys‐
lksw
cted agen
Prote
tems.
AG.
Thinner:
• Aquaplus demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5- (according
to ISO 3696)
• Use Aquaplus measuring stick.
• At higher temperatures (>+25°) and high relative humidity
(>60%), adding 0-5% demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5-
is sufficient.
Note
♦ For reasons of safety, mixtures which include both micro silver

extra - LWM 076 817 A2/A4- and translucent oxide - LWM 075
831 A1- may not be stored. Risk of pressure increase in the
closed tin.
♦ Any unused material is immediately to be disposed of properly.
⇒ page 146 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– The application viscosity at +20 ℃ is the “compliant” and
spec
“HVLP” mixing viscosity.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
– Add 10% thinner at +20 °C material temperature.

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.3 mm for “HVLP”.

– One spray operation includes a tack coat followed by a full

coat. A “finish coat” is recommended for special-effect colours.
Note
If the paint hue does not hide well, it may be necessary to apply
additional spray coats after an appropriate flash-off time.
Drying
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
The flash-off time for clear coat application is 20 minutes at +20 °

an
itte
y li
C.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Ways to reduce flash-off times for small areas:

wit
, is n
h re
♦ Surface matting can be accelerated by blowing on it with an

hole
spec
air diffuser (hand-held or stationary device).

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ It is also possible to blow on it with the spray gun after waiting

at least 5 minutes.
Ways to reduce flash-off times for large areas:
rrectness of i
♦ Surface matting can be accelerated by using stationary air dif‐

l purpos
fusing units (e.g. ceiling system), infrared drying or low baking.

♦ Ceiling system: 10-15 minutes
nf
ercia
orm
♦ Infrared drying: 3-5 minutes

m
atio
om
n in
♦ Cooling time at least 5 minutes

or c
thi
te
sd
iva
Low baking at +60 °C

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
♦ Combination booth: at least 10 minutes including heat-up time

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Low-bake oven: at least 5 minutes
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The specified flash-off and drying times depend on the tempera‐

ture, humidity, air drop speed in the spray booth and the number
of coats applied. The surface must, however, first appear com‐
pletely matt.

Recoating
Recoat with:
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat from the Volkswagen Genuine paint pro‐
gramme
Special notes
Blending system (for achieving a perfect colour transition from
repair to adjacent areas)
• Preparation:
– Sand surfaced areas (dry with P400 to P500-grade paper or
wet with P800 to P1000-grade waterproof paper).
– Thoroughly but lightly sand the adjacent areas to which no
surfacer was applied with a fine emery pad.
LVM 020 000 A5- to remove any dust, paint residue from
wage
– Wipe off any excess silicone remover with a lint-freeVocloth,
lks es n
ot g
y
leaving no streaks. d b ua
ran
ir se tee
ho
– Allow the moisture on substrates which haveaubeen wet-sanded
t or
ac
or cleaned to evaporate completely. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
• Blending system for metallic and solid colours:
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Spray the area on which the surfacer was applied with mixed
ility
ot p
waterborne base coat at spray viscosity so that it forms an
wit
opaque film.
, is n
h re
hole
– Extend the area of application of each subsequent coat
spec
through a process of overlapping so that only a fade-out area
es, in part or in w
t to the co
remains.
– Extend this fade out area and blend in, spraying with reduced
pressure.
rrectness of i
– After an appropriate final flash-off time, 2-pack HS clear coat
l purpos
can be applied.
Product application
nf
ercia
orm
♦ Spraying equipment must be suitable for applying water-
m
atio
m
based products; manufacturers' instructions must be followed.

o
n in
or c
thi
♦ The mixing colours in this top coat series can be used only as
te
sd
a
part of a colour formula. If any mixing colour is applied alone,

iv
o
r
rp
cu
the results may differ substantially from the description in this

o
m
f
en
ng
technical data sheet. yi

t.
Co
op py
Cleaning of tools
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
before and after use. Then wash out with nitrocellulose thinner Prote AG.
- LVE 856 000 A3- .
Waste disposal
sive.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Vol
ksw not
gu
by ara
ed
♦ Adhere to the safetyhodata
ris sheet. nte
eo
t
au ra
♦ Wear personal protective
ss equipment during application. c
ce
le
un
Data
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
(d)(420)420 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
spec

max. 420 g/l.
t to the co
Storage
rrectne
Guaranteed storage time of the individual products is
ss
o
cial p
f
24 months from production date.
inform
mer
♦ Uni (solid-colour) waterborne base coat - LUW/LWG 038 ...-
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
♦ Metallic waterborne mixing paint - LWM 076 ...- 24 months
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
♦ Metallic waterborne base coat - LMW/LWG 039 ...-

fo
en
ng
18-24 months from production date.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
All products may be used until the date stated on the label at latest
ht ht
rig by
py
if stored in sealed original containers at +20 °C. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Storage conditions
The optimal storage temperature is +20 °C. (Do not store at tem‐
peratures below +5 °C.)
The preferred storage temperature range is +15 °C to +25 °C.
Short-term storage (approx. 4 weeks) between +5 °C and +35 °
C is possible.
3.7.3 Aquaplus system (pearlescent and heli‐

ochrome)
Designation:
♦ Pearlescent waterborne base coat - LPW 040 ...-
♦ Heliochrome waterborne base coat - LHW 046 ...-
♦ Pearlescent waterborne mixing paint - LWM 076 ...-
Issued 11.2012
Product description
The Aquaplus system is a high-grade waterborne base coat sys‐
tem based on special PU dispersions.
The base coat can be used for two-stage pearlescent or helio‐
chrome finishes on passenger cars and commercial vehicles.
Properties:
♦ Easy to apply

♦ Good vertical stability

♦ Good hiding power
♦ VOC compliant
Note


Substrate
♦ Surfaces coated with primer or surfacer (2-pack HS surfacer)
♦ Substrates isolated with 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 007
A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2-
surfacer for plastics - LKF 696sw
009
agenA2- / -LKF 696AG
AG. Volkswagen 040
doesA2-
k not
Vol gu
♦ See special notes ⇒ page
ed 149
by ara
nte
is
or eo
au
th ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt

du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012s➤ ed , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy
b ara 2011 ...
nte
ri
ut
ho General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015 eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tio
leaving no streaks.
n in
r
te o
thi
Special notes
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
n
t.
yi Co
op
spots must not be larger than 5.0 cm in diameter. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
lated with 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack Prote
cted AG.
agen
Application
Mixing containers:
Sieves:
• Waterborne base coats are to be filtered through waterproof
tems
Thinner:
• Aquaplus demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5- (according
to ISO 3696)
• Use Aquaplus measuring stick.
• At higher temperatures (>+25°) and high relative humidity
(>60%), adding 0-5% demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5-
is sufficient.
Preparation:
• A special base coat (application of solid-colour waterborne
base coat) is necessary for three-stage pearlescent colours.
The respective hue must be determined from the formula in‐
formation systems.
• Pearlescent waterborne base coat is applied for pearlescent
finishes.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Add 10% thinner at +20 °C material temperature.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Adjust spray nozzle following manufacturer's instructions to Cop py
ht. rig
1.3 mm for “HVLP”. opy
rig by
Vo
ht
c lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
AG.


– One spray operation includes a tack coat followed by a full

coat. A “finish coat” is recommended for special-effect colours.
Note
♦ If the paint hue does not hide well, it may be necessary to apply
additional spray coats after an appropriate flash-off time.
♦ The total film thickness (including the solid-colour waterborne
base coat) must not exceed 45 µm.
lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Drying d by ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
The flash-off time for clear coat application is 20 minutes at +20 °
C.
ss

o
cial p
f in

form
mer
air diffuser (hand-held or stationary device).

atio
om

n
c
i
or
at least 5 minutes.
thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Ceiling system: 10-15 minutes
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Infrared drying: 3-5 minutes Prote AG.
Low baking at +60 °C

♦ Combination booth: at least 10 minutes including heat-up time
♦ Low-bake oven: at least 5 minutes
Note

pletely matt.

Recoating
Recoat with:
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat from the Volkswagen Genuine paint pro‐
gramme
Special notes
Note
♦ The decision to use two or three coats (with a special under‐

coat) depends on the factory finish.
♦ The respective undercoat colour is stated in the formula infor‐
mation systems.
Blending system (for achieving a perfect colour transition from

repair to adjacent areas)
• Preparation:
– Sand surfaced areas (dry with P400 to P500-grade paper or
wet with P800 to P1000-grade waterproof paper).
– Thoroughly but lightly sand the adjacent areas to which no
surfacer was applied with
swa
a
gefine
n AG.emery pad. does
Volkswagen AG
k not
Vol g
– Thoroughly clean ed the whole surface with silicone remover
by ua
ran -
ris to remove any dust, paint residue from
LVM 020 000thoA5- tee
or
sanding ors aany
u other impurities. ac
s
ce
e

nl
pt
du
leaving no streaks.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
• Two-stage pearlescent and heliochrome colours:

hole
spec
– Spray the area on which the surfacer was applied with mixed
es, in part or in w
t to the co
pearlescent or heliochrome waterborne base coat at spray

viscosity so that it forms an opaque film.
– Extend the area of application of each subsequent coat
rrectness of i
through a process of overlapping so that only a fade-out area

l purpos
remains.
– Extend this fade out area and blend in, spraying with reduced
nf
ercia
pressure.
orm
m

atio
m
can be applied.
o
n in
or c
thi
e
• Three-stage pearlescent colours:

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Blend in the area on which the surfacer was applied with the
o
m
f
mixed solid-colour waterborne base coat (see base coat col‐

en
ng
t.
yi Co
our application) using reduced pressure. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
– Spray the same area with the mixed pearlescent waterborne yri
p by
co Vo
base coat, overlapping slightly and at reduced pressure to
by lksw
cted agen
match the original finish.
Prote AG.
– Blow dry with the spray gun after each coat.

Product application

AG. Volkswagen A
Amarok 2011 agen
ksw ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC
es n 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
G do
Vol ot g
ed by Generalua information, Paint - Edition 11.2015
ra
ris nte
tho eo
♦ The mixing top coat series can be used onlycolours
ss
a in this
u
as ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
technical data sheet.
itte
y li
erm
ab
Cleaning of tools
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
- LVE 856 000 A3- .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Waste disposal
rrectness of i
l purpos
sive.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a
Data
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
max. 420 g/l.
Storage
♦ Pearlescent waterborne mixing paint - LWM 076 ...- 24 months
♦ Pearlescent waterborne base coat - LPW 040 ...-
♦ Heliochrome waterborne base coat - LHW 046 ...- 18 months
if stored in sealed original containers at +20 °C.
Storage conditions
The optimal storage temperature is +20 °C. (Do not store at tem‐
peratures below +5 °C.)
The preferred storage temperature range is +15 °C to +25 °C.
Short-term storage (approx. 4 weeks) between +5 °C and +35 °
C is possible.
3.7.4 Aquaplus blending system

Designation:
♦ Blending additive for Aquaplus - LVM 030 000 A2-

General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015 AG. Volkswagen A n G do
wage es n
Volks ot g
Issued 06/2011 ed
by ua
ran
oris tee
Product description au
th or
ac
ss
The blending additive for Aquaplus is especially suitable for
ce
e
nl
pt
blending in Aquaplus waterborne base coat. It simplifies the
du
an
itte
blending process.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Substrate
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
our recommendations for structure
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Dry sand using orbital sander with P400 to P500-grade paper

and dust collector or wet sand using P800 to P1000-grade
waterproof paper.
– Lightly sand the fade-out area of the undamaged original

paintwork with P1000 to P1200-grade sandpaper.

– Before recoating, clean again using a suitable cleaning agent


Application
Thinning is not necessary.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce

e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– The application viscosity of the product is the mixing viscosity.

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
155
co Vo
by lksw
cted
3. Genuine products
agen
Prote AG.
– Adjust spray nozzle followinggemanufacturer's

AG. Volkswagen Ainstructions to
a n G do
Volksw es n
otg y ua
db r
– Adjust spray nozzle
ris following manufacturer's instructions to
e an
tee
ho
au
t or
a
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Apply the mixed Aquaplus waterborne base coat in 3 - 5 light
coats, depending on colour and opacity, to the repair spot at
rrectness of i
reduced spray pressure (0.8 - 1.5 bar).
l purpos
Note
nf
ercia
or
Manufacturer's specifications notwithstanding, the inlet pressure
m
m
atio
should be reduced as specified for this blending system.
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Drying t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Flash-off time before clear coat application:

Flash off 15-20 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature.
Ways to reduce flash-off time:
air diffuser or force drying with infrared radiation or low baking.
at least 5 minutes.
♦ Drying time: at least 5 minutes.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Amarok
by
Vol 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 n➤ ot ,g CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
ua
d
oris
e General
ran
tee information, Paint - Edition 11.2015
th or
au ac
Recoating ss
ce
le
un
pt
Recoat with:
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Note
ole,
spec
This product should not be used “without mixing”.
t to the co
rrectness
o
cial p
f in
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
Data
thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Storage
The guaranteed storage time of Aquaplus blending additive - LVM
030 000 A2- is 24 months from the production date. May be used
until the date stated on the label at latest if stored in sealed original
containers at +20 °C.
Storage conditions
The optimal storage temperature is +5 °C to +35 °C.
Note
Higher or lower temperatures will spoil the product.
3.7.5 Aqua Premium system

Designation:
♦ Metallic, pearlescent, special-effect waterborne mixing paint -
LWM 084/ 086...-
♦ Uni (solid-colour) waterborne base coat - LWG 055 ...-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 d by ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
V gu
ara
e nte
General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015 horis
eo
aut ra
ss c
♦ Metallic waterborne base coat - LWG 056 ...-
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ Pearlescent waterborne base coat - LWG 057 ...-
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Flop control - LWM 085 386 A2-
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ System component A - LWM 083 385 A3-
h re
hole
♦ System component B - LWM 085 387 A3-
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Issue 01.2014
Product description
rrectness of i
The Aqua Premium system is an innovative waterborne base coat
system. All solid and effect colours for passenger car refinishing
l purpos
can be mixed from this system.
Properties:
nform
ercia
♦ Fast, easy to use system
m
a
com
tio
♦ Very reliable results thanks to uniform effect formation
n in
r
te o
thi
♦ Short process times
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
♦ Easy and reliable blending
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Versatile in use (interior, multi-stage and multi-colour finishes) t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
Technical data sheet yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
Substrate
agen
Prote AG.
♦ For plastic surfaces: adhesion promoter (transparent) - ALO
822 000 10- + 2-pack HS surfacer (elasticised)
surfacer for plastics - LKF 696 009 A2- / -LKF 696 040 A2-
♦ See special notes ⇒ page 160


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


leaving no streaks.
Special notes
Application for standard applications
Mixing containers:
Sieves:
• Waterborne base coats are to be filtered through waterproof
tems.
Additives:
(at normal or high temperatures and low humidity depending on
size of object)
• Additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035 200 A3-
• Additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035 301 A3-
• Use standard Aqua Premium measuring stick.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Note d by ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
The mixture must be
ss aapplied within 24 hours after the additive has c
been added.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– For solid colours, add 10% additive for Aqua Premium - LVM
035 200 A3/LVM 035 301 A3- at +20 °C material temperature.
– For metallic or pearlescent colours, add 20% additive for Aqua
Premium - LVM 035 200 A3/LVM 035 301 A3- at +20 °C ma‐
terial temperature.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
– Adjustuspray
tho nozzle following manufacturer's instructions or to
1.2-1.3
ss mm for “compliancy”.
a ac
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
2.0 bar for “compliancy”.

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– One application consists of one-and-a-half spray coats. Apply

l purpos
one normal spray coat followed by a “finish or effect coat”.

nf
ercia
orm
Note
m
atio
om
n in
c
If the paint colour does not hide well, it may be necessary to apply
or
thi
e
an additional “wet-on-wet” spray coat after an appropriate flash-

t
sd
iva
off time.
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Drying
Continue the flash-off time until the entire surface is matt before
applying clear coat.
Recommended coat thicknesses:
♦ Solid colours: 12-25 µm
♦ Metallic colours: 10-15 µm
♦ Pearlescent colours: 15-20 µm
♦ Surface matting can be accelerated by blowing on it with an agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
air diffuser (hand-held or stationary device). Vol
ksw es n
ot g
y ua
db ran
♦ It is also possible to blow on it with the spray gun afterris waiting
e
tee
ho
at least 5 minutes. au
t or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Application of 3-stage colours and multi-colour finishes
h re
ole,
spec
Hardener:
t to the co
• Aqua Premium hardener - LVM 045 000 A1-
Additives:
rrectne
(at high temperatures and low humidity)
• Additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035 301 A3- ss o
cial p
• Use the Aqua Premium measuring stick for three-stage col‐

inform
ours.
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
Note
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
The mixture must be applied within 24 hours after the additive has
p
cum
r
fo
been added.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Pot life: rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
• Solid colours: 90-120 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature. Prote
cted AG.
agen
• Effect colour: 45-60 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature.


– For three-stage colours, add 5% Aqua Premium hardener -
LVM 045 000 A1- only to the base coat
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
– For solid colours, add 10% additive for Aqua hor premium - LVM eo
ut
035 301 A3- at +20 °C material temperature.
ss a ra
c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
premium - LVM 035 301 A3- at +20 °C material temperature.

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Adjust spray nozzle following manufacturer's instructions to rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com

ion in
2.0 for “compliancy”.

r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Note
off time.
Drying
Continue the flash-off time without blowing on it until the entire

surface is matt before applying clear coat.
♦ Flash-off with an air diffuser is done for 5-10 minutes at
+20-40 °C until the entire surface is matt.
♦ The final flash-off time is 10-15 minutes at +60-65 °C. Allow
base coat to cool before applying effect coat.
Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
»Blue contour tape« is recommended for multi-stage finishes. ris ed
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
164
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ut
ho Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC e o 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
ra
a
ss General
c information, Paint - Edition 11.2015
ce
e
nl
pt
Recoating du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Recoat with:
ility
ot p
wit
♦ Effect colour.
, is n
h re
hole
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat up to 72 hours maximum after base coat
spec
application
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Application of interior finish without clear coat
Application:
rrectness of i
♦ Areas of use are vehicle interiors, e.g. engine compartment
l purpos
and luggage compartment walls, where a robust semi-gloss

finish without an additional clear coat are desired.
nform
ercia
Hardener:
m
at
• Aqua Premium hardener - LVM 045 000 A1-
om
ion
c
in t
r
Additives:
o
his
ate
do
riv
(at normal or high temperatures and low humidity depending on

p
cum
or
size of object)
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
• Additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035 200 A3- ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
• Additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035 301 A3- py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
• Use Aqua Premium measuring stick for interior finishes.
Prote AG.
Pot life:
• Solid colours: 45-60 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature
• Effect colour: 30-60 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature

– Add 10% Aqua Premium hardener - LVM 045 000 A1- .

– For solid colours, add 10% additive for Aqua Premium - LVM
035 200 A3/LVM 035 301 A3- at +20 °C material temperature.
Premium - LVM 035 200 A3/LVM 035 301 A3- at +20 °C ma‐
terial temperature.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
2.0 for “compliancy”.
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer

atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Note
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
off time. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Drying
Air dry overnight at +20 °C ambient temperature
Alternatively, slow-bake for 15-20 minutes at 60-65 °C.
Special notes
Product application
Cleaning of tools
before and after use. Then wash out with nitrocellulose .thinner
AG Volkswagen AG d
- LVE 856 000 A3- . ksw
agen oes
n
ol ot g
yV ua
Waste disposal sedb ran
ri tee
tho
♦ Collect liquid water-based waste sseparately
au from conventional or
ac
liquid waste. If the two are mixed,
s it may be impossible to dis‐
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
sive.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Data
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
max. 420 g/l.

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Storage
36 months from production date (exception: ochre - LWM 083
328- translucent oxide - LWM 083 331- and maroon - LWM
083 332- 24/36 months from production date), (exception su‐
per deep black - LWM 083 388 A2- 48 months from production
date).
♦ Metallic, pearlescent and special-effect waterborne mixing
paint - LWM 084 ...- 24 months from production date
♦ Aqua-Premium Uni (solid-colour) base coat - LWG 055 ...-
♦ Metallic waterborne base coat - LWG 056 ...- 18-24 months
♦ Pearlescent waterborne base coat - LWG 057 ...-
♦ Clear coat additive - LVM 035 200 A3/LVM 035 301 nA3-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
24 months from production date lkswage oes
not
Vo y gu
db ara
♦ Flop control - LWM 085 386 A2- 24 months
ris
e from production nte
date utho eo
ra
a c
ss
♦ System component A - LWM 083 385 A3- 24 months from
ce
le
un
pt
production date
an
d
itte
y li
♦ System component B - LWM 085 387 A3- 24 months from
erm
ab
ility
production date
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Storage conditions
The optimal storage temperature is +20 ℃.
rrectne
The preferred storage temperature range is +15 °C to +25 °C. s
Short-term storage (a few days) between +5 °C and +35 °C is
s o
possible.
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
3.7.6 Aqua Premium blending system
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Designation:
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Blending additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 100 A3-
Prote AG.
Issued 10.2012
Product description
Substrate


surfacer for plastics - LKF 696 009 A2- /ks-LKF n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage 696 040 A2- es n
ol ot g
yV ua
♦ See special notes ⇒ page 170 edb ran
ris tee
tho
Substrate pre-treatment: au
or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Dry sand using orbital sander with P500-grade paper and dust
collector or wet sand using P800 to P1000-grade waterproof
paper.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– An extensive section of the adjacent area or parts surrounding
the repair area must be thoroughly but lightly sanded with
P1000 to P3000-grade sandpaper or an emery pad (e.g. ul‐
trafine). Use an emery pad to sand swage lines, edges or door-
handle recesses during preparation work.

leaving no streaks.


. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Tack cloths of the latest generation with an effectiveVol
kadhesion
swa not
formula, e.g. duster - VAS 6177- ) to minimise the
ed risk of chemical
by gu
ara
or sticky residue ⇒ page 357 . ho
ris nte
eo
t
au ra
Special notes ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Application, repair procedure
Blending in within the surface, e.g. side panel:
rrectness of i
– Preparing substrate ⇒ page 169 .
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Apply one or two full coats of blending additive for Aqua Pre‐ Cop py
mium - LVM 035 100 A3- at normal spraying pressure in the
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
blending area surrounding the repair. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– The first spray coat of the mixed waterborne base coat is ap‐
plied from the repair area to the edge of the wet blending
additive. Half of the effect or finish spray coat is applied im‐
mediately over the wet blending additive at a greater spraying
distance.
Note
When doing this, ensure that the blending area is larger than the
repair area and covers the wet blending additive for Aqua Premi‐
um - LVM 035 100 A3- .

– After flashing-off, apply a coat of 2-pack HS clear coat to the

entire repair area.
Note

Blending in very small damage, e.g. Clever Repair:

Note
The repair and/or surfacer area should be kept as small as pos‐

sible.
Method »a«:
♦ Ready-to-spray waterborne base coats are used for most col‐
ours. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Method »b« (recommended for colours with very high metal
by con‐
Vol
gu
ara
tent): ris
ed
nte
tho eo
♦ Mix Aqua Premium waterborne base coat and ss
aublending addi‐ ra
c
tive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 100 A3- in a 1:1 ratio with
ce
e
nl
10% Flop control - LWM 085 386 A2- ( blending additive for
pt
du
an
itte
Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200/301 ...- is not needed).
y li
erm
ab
♦ Use the Aqua premium measuring stick for Clever Repair to
ility
ot p
adjust the correct mixture.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Depending on colour and opacity, this mixture is applied in 3
es, in part or in w
to 5 light spray coats with reduced pressure (0.8 to 1.5 bar) to
t to the co
the repair area and fade-out area.
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
Ensure that each spray coat is somewhat larger in area and flash‐
ed off until matt. Flash-off may be accelerated by blowing on it.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


can be applied.
Blending in 3-stage colours:

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Apply the base coat mixed with 5% Aqua Premium hardener

spec
- LVM 045 000 A1- and, for solid colours 10% Additive for Aqua
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Premium - LVM 035 200 A3/LVM 035 300 ...- , or for effect
colours mixed with 20% Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035
200 A3/LVM 035 300 ...- to the repair area and adjacent blend‐
rrectness of i
ing area until coverage is opaque.

l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
♦ It is recommended to spray a sample object.

m
a
com
tio
♦ Use the Aqua Premium measuring stick for three-stage col‐

n in
r
ours to adjust the correct mixture.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
♦ Observe drying times.

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Apply one or two full coats of blending additive for Aqua Pre‐
C py
t. rig
gh
mium - LVM 035 100 A3- at normal spraying pressure to the
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
fade-out area of the base colour or adjacent parts. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Paint should now be applied from the fade-out area towards
the repair area. That means, apply the first coat of effect paint
from the fade-out area towards the blending additive for Aqua
Premium - LVM 035 100 A3- (“wet-on-wet”).

– Then apply the next coat of effect paint towards the repair
area.
– It is necessary to apply 2 to 3 additional spray coats of some
effect paints to match the effect. Normal spray coats are ap‐
plied “wet-on-wet” without intermediate flash-off.
Note
♦ It is recommended that all coats, starting with the first coat, are
applied from the furthest blending area to the base colour in
the repair area. This way, all subsequent coats remain within
the previous coat to avoid visible edges or shadows.
♦ To make it easier to evaluate the effect, it is recommended to
spray a sample object before every spray coat application.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– After flashing-off, kapply
swa a coat of 2-pack dHS
g oes clear coat to the
not
Vol
entire repairedarea.
by gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Keep the material flow trigger of the spray gun completely an

itte
y li
erm
open while applying Aqua Premium waterborne base coat. ab

ility
ot p
♦ The spray pressure for the effect coat may be varied between wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w

t to the co
mended.
rrectness of i
Product application
l purpos

nform
ercia
m
at
om

ion
c

in t
or
his
te
Cleaning of tools
a
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
before and after use. Then wash out with nitrocellulose thinner op
yi Co
- LVE 856 000 A3- .
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Waste disposal co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
sive.
Health and safety
♦ A respirator mask must be worn when applying water-based
products.
3.7.7 Aqua Premium system (painting rims)

Designation:
♦ Metallic waterborne base coat - LWG 056 1H7 A1-

Issued 04.2013
Product description
Instructions for painting rims with metallic waterborne base coat
- LWG 056 1H7 A1- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Properties: olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
♦ Good vertical stability horis nte
eo
aut ra
♦ Good hiding power ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ VOC compliant
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Note hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Substrate
nform
ercia
♦ Surfaces coated with primer or surfacer 2-pack HS Vario sur‐

m
facer - LGF 786 004 A4- , grey
at
om
ion
c
♦ Factory paint or old paint (except thermoplastic paint)
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
– Thoroughly clean factory or old paintwork with silicone remov‐

f
en
ng
t.
yi
er - LSW 019 000 A5- . If severely soiled, pre-clean the
Co
op py
paintwork with slow-drying silicone remover - LVM 020 100
. C rig
ht ht
rig
A5- . py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Dry sand using orbital sander with P1000 to P1500-grain

sandpaper and dust collector.
– Sand spokes, corners and edges by hand using P300-grade
ultrafine emery pad.

– Before recoating the lightly sanded substrates, thoroughly

clean them of dust, sanding residue and other dirt with silicone
remover - LSW 019 000 A5- . If severely soiled, pre-clean
+with slow-drying silicon remover - LVM 020 100 A5- .
Application
Substrate pretreatment (sanding before surfacer coat)
• When 2-pack HS Vario surfacer - LGF 786 004 A4- is to be
used, bare-metal spots must be primed with 2-pack wash pri‐
mer - LHV 043 000 A2- .
• A uniform substrate without bare metal spots is absolutely es‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
sential. ksw
agen oes
n ol ot g
yV ua
edb ran
– Dry sand using orbital sander with P500-grain
ho
ris sandpaper and tee
dust collector. aut or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
s
Clear coat over surfacer:
s o
cial p
f in
– Apply 2-pack HS clear coat to the sanded surfacer. Depending
form
mer
on the size of the repair area or if there are several repair
atio
areas, it is recommended to apply 2-pack HS clear coat to the
om
n
entire rim.
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Apply a full coat (approx. 20 µm). Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle d by V 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy gu2004 ➤ ,
ara Caddy 2011 ...
e
horis Paint - Edition 11.2015 nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Sanding before clear coat:
nform
ercia
– Dry sand using orbital sander with P1000 to P1500-grain

sandpaper and dust collector.
m
a
com
tion in
– Sand spokes, corners and edges by hand using P300-grade
r
te o
thi
ultrafine emery pad.
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Cleaning:
– Before recoating the lightly sanded substrates, thoroughly
clean them of dust, sanding residue and other dirt with silicone
remover - LVM 020 000 A5- .
Base coat application “spray”

Materials suitable as additives:
♦ Additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035 301-


– The application viscosity of 4 mm at +20 ℃ is the mixing vis‐
cosity for “Compliant” and “HVLP”.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
– 50 % of additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 301- (to be s
ce
e
added at material temperature of 20 °C).
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
2.0 bar for “compliancy”.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– One application consists of one-and-a-half spray coats (one

normal full coat followed by a light coat at greater distance to
object).
Note
♦ The best results are achieved when using an HVLP spray gun
with 1.3 mm nozzle.
♦ Blending additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200 A3- / -LVM
035 301 A3- should be added to metallic waterborne base coat
- LWG 056 1H7 A1- immediately before application Best re‐
sults will be achieved if the mixture is applied within one
working day.

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ ol,ksCaddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011
wa oes
not ...
yV gu
ised b ara
n r tee
ho
ut or
Drying ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
Flash-off time before clear coat application:
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Flash off at +20 °C ambient temperature until matt.
nf
ercia
orm
Note
m
atio
om
n in
c
♦ The best results are achieved when using an HVLP spray gun
or
thi
e
with 1.3 mm nozzle.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ Additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 301- should be added
o
m
f
en
ng
to metallic waterborne base coat - LWG 056 1H7 A1 silber-

t.
yi Co
immediately before application. Best results will be achieved Cop py
t.
if the mixture is applied within one working day.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Ways to reduce flash-off time: Prote AG.

air diffuser or force drying with infrared radiation or low baking.
at least 5 minutes.
♦ Drying time: at least 5 minutes.
Note

pletely matt.

Recoating
Recoat with:
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat (elasticized)
Special notes
lkswage es n
ot g
Note d byV
o
ua
ran
ir se tee
ho
Blending in with metallic waterborne
aut
base coat - LWG 056 1H7 or
ac
A1- is done in 1 or 2 normal spray coats. Apply blending additive ss
ce
le
for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 100 A3- to the fade-out area.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Product application
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Cleaning of tools
l purpos

- LVE 856 000 A3- .
nform
mercia
Waste disposal
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
sive.
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Data
max. 420 g/l.
Storage
The guaranteed storage time of metallic waterborne base coat -
LWG 056 1H7 A1- is 24 months from the production date. May

Storage conditions
The optimal storage temperature is +5 °C to +35 °C.
Note
Higher or lower temperatures will spoil the product.
3.8 Clear coats

⇒ “3.8.1 2-pack HS clear coat”, page 180
⇒ “3.8.2 2-pack MS matt clear coat”, page 186
⇒ “3.8.3 2-pack HS Vario clear coat”, page 190
⇒ “3.8.4 2-pack HS Optimum clear coat”, page 196
⇒ “3.8.5 2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear coat”, page 200
⇒ “3.8.6 2-pack HS Brillant clear coat”, page 204
⇒ “3.8.7 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat”, page 208
⇒ “3.8.8 2-pack HS Performance clear coat”, page 213
⇒ “3.8.9 Blender”, page 217
3.8.1 2-pack HS clear coat

Designation:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Issued 10.2012 Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
Product description orise nte
eo
th
u ra
2-pack HS clear coat is a VOC compliant,ss ahigh-grade high-solid c
clear coat.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Properties:
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Easy to apply
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Versatile use with 2-pack HS and 2-pack VHS hardeners

h re
ole,
spec
♦ Good levelling
t to the co
♦ Brilliant surface finish

rrectne
Substrate
Suitable base coats:
ss o
cial p
♦ Waterborne base coats

inform
mer

atio
om

n
c
i
or
our recommendations for structure

thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Application with 2-pack HS hardeners

Mixing ratio:
♦ See technical data sheet for 2-pack HS hardener
⇒ page 221 n AG. Volkswagen A G do
wage es n
Volks ot g
Application time/pot life: by ua
ed ran
oris tee
– Mixed for spraying, 90 th at +20°C
minutes or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004Vol
ksw➤ , Caddy 2011 ... not
gu
by
General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015 ris
ed ara
nte
tho eo
au ra
– Adjust spray nozzle following manufacturer's instructions
ss to c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– The specified thickness for the dry film is 50-60 µm. l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Application with 2-pack VSH hardeners

Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3-
⇒ page 224
Thinner:
♦ 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- / -LVM 009 200 A5-


. Volkswage AG n AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Method of application: “spray”. db
yV gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
– 12.5-15 % Add 12.5 to 15 % 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009
co Vo
by lksw
cted
200 A2- / -LVM 009 200 A5- .
agen
Prote AG.


– The specified thickness for the dry film is 50-60 µm applied in

one-and-a-half coats.
Drying agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
♦ Dust dry in 40-50 minutesut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ Dry overnight
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Flash-off time with force drying is at least 5-10 minutes.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

The final flash-off time with infrared drying is at least 5 minutes.
Infrared drying with short-wave radiant heater, 10-15 minutes and

medium-wave radiant heater, 15-20 minutes.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Special notes h re
hole
spec
Elasticization of rigid and semi-rigid plastics:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
001- .
rrectness of i
♦ Mixture with 2-pack HS hardeners, 2:1

l purpos

(drying time increases)
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Wear personal protective equipment during application. ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
Data py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
max. 420 g/l.

General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015 AG. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
olks ot g
Storage ed
by
V ua
ran
ris tee
The guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS clearau
thcoat - L2K 769
o
or
ac
500 A5- is 48 months from production date. May
ss be used until the
date stated on the label at latest if stored in sealed original con‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
tainers at +20 °C.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
3.8.2 2-pack MS matt clear coat
l purpos
Designation:
♦ 2-pack MS matt clear coat - L2K 769 020 A2-
nf
ercia
or
Issued 08.2013
m
m
atio
om
Product description
n in
or c
thi
e
2-pack MS clear coat is a matt clear coat from the 2-pack acrylic
t
sd
iva
system.
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Properties:
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ High elasticity
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ Matt finish
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Can be mixed with both HS and VHS products
♦ The degree of gloss can be adjusted by mixing with 2-pack HS
clear coats.
♦ Particularly suitable for refinishing plastic parts
Note
2-pack MS matt clear coat - L2K 769 020 A2- should be used only
for small areas (add-on parts of passenger cars).

Substrate
Application
Mixing ratio:

Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3- wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, extra slow-drying e-d bLHA
y 009 053 A2- ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Note
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Different HS and VHS hardeners and thinners result in differ‐
t to the co
ent degrees of gloss.
♦ The clear coat must be stirred carefully before it is poured out
of the tin.
rrectne
Thinner:
ss o
cial p
f
inform
mer
atio
m
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Ready-to-spray preparation approx. 4 hours at +20 ℃
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


and “HVLP”:
Addition of thinner at +20 °C material temperature: 25% HS hard‐

ener (3:1) and 30% VHS hardener (5:1)

tions to 0.7 bar for “HVLP”. en AG. Volkswagen AG
wag does
– Apply in two coats. olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Apply one full coat, flash-off 15-20 minutes and then finish
pe
ility
painting.
ot
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
Different methods of application result in different degrees of

rrectness of i
gloss.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Drying
Air drying at +20 °C ambient temperature:
♦ Dust dry in 2-2.5 hours
♦ Dry overnight
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature in 40-45 minutes. an

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at

om
ion
c
in t

or
his
ate
do
riv
Data
p
cum
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
p by
o Vo
(e)(840)580 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
max. 580 g/l.

Storage
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Guaranteed storage time of 2-pack MS matt clear coatlk-swL2K agen769 oes
not
020 A2- is 24 months from production date. May be byused
Vo until the gu
ara
date stated on the label at latest if stored in sealed ed original con‐ nte
oris
tainers at +20 °C. au
th eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3.8.3 2-pack HS Vario clear coat
Designation:
rrectness of i
♦ 2-pack HS Vario clear coat - L2K 769 K01 A5-
l purpos
Issued 06.2013
nform
ercia
Product description
m
2-pack HS Vario clear coat is a VOC compliant (VOC content <
at
om
io
420 g/l), high-grade and productive high-solid clear coat.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
Properties:
at
do
priv
c
♦ Quick and easy to use
um
for
en
ng
t.
♦ Versatile use with 2-pack HS and 2-pack VHS hardeners
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Good levelling
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Fast-drying cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Easy to polish
Substrate
Application with 2-pack HS hardeners
Mixing ratio:


– Mixed for spraying: 60-90 minutes at +20°C (depending on the
hardener used)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
io
n
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Note
The first half-coat should form a nearly complete, thin film over
which a full spray coat is directly sprayed.
Application with 2-pack VSH hardeners

Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3-
⇒ page 224
Thinner:
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- / -LVM 009 200oA5-
lksw
ag does
not
yV gu
db ara
♦ 2-pack thinner, slow-drying - LVM 009 300 A2- ir se nte
ho eo
ut ra
♦ HS Spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- Please refer
ss to technical
a c
data sheet ⇒ “3.10.2 HS spot thinner”, page 233
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole
hardener used) spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– 12.5 % Add 12.5% special 2-pack thinner - LVM 009 200 A2- /
-LVM 009 200 A5- / slow-drying 2-pack thinner - LVM 009 300
A2- at +20°C material temperature.
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
♦ The first half-coat should form a nearly complete, thin film over
♦ When used as clear coat for spot repairs (Clever Repair meth‐
od), 12.5% HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- may be
substituted for the 12.5% special 2-pack thinner - LVM 009
200 A2- . Do not apply to horizontal surfaces.
Drying
♦ Dry overnight
n AG. Volkswagen AG
Final flash-off time with force drying wage
olks is at least 5-10 minutes.
does
no t gu
yV
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co

rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

The final flash-off time with infrared drying is at least 5 minutes.

Special notes
001- .
♦ Mixture with 2-pack HS hardeners, 2:1
(drying time increases)
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
When used as clear coat for spot repairs (Clever Repair method),
Vol
ksw
a
not
12.5% HS spot thinner - LVM 009 200 A2- / -LVM 009ed200 by A5- gu
ara
may be substituted for the 12.5% 2-pack thinner, special
horis - LVM nte
eo
ut
006 000 A2- . Do not apply to horizontal surfaces. ra
sa s c
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
rm

ab
pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re
Data
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

l purpos
max. 420 g/l.

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
195
cop Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG. 3. Genuine products
agen
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ ag, eCC
n AG2012 ➤ag,eCaddy
. Volksw n AG d 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
oes
ksw not
by -
V Edition 11.2015
ol
gu
a
ed ran
oris tee
Storage au
th or
ac
ss
The guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS Vario clear coat - L2K
ce
le
un
pt
769 K01 A5- is 48 months from production date. May be used until
an
d
itte
the date stated on the label at latest if stored in sealed original
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
3.8.4 2-pack HS Optimum clear coat

Designation:
nform
ercia
♦ 2-pack HS Optimum clear coat - LZK 769 K02 A5-

m
a
com
tion in
Issued 10.2012
r
te o
thi
Product description
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
2-pack HS Optimum clear coat is a VOC compliant (VOC content
fo
en
g
< 420 g/l), high-grade and productive high-solid clear coat.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Properties:
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ Easy to apply and economical to use
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Very good levelling
♦ Very fast-drying
♦ Very good infrared drying
♦ Fast and easy to polish
♦ High-gloss finish
Substrate
Application
Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3-
⇒ page 224


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Note
Drying
♦ Dry overnight
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature with:
es, in part or in w
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5- t to the co
20-25 minutes.
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- 15-20 mi‐
rrectness of i
nutes.
l purpos

009 052 A3- 20-30 minutes.
nform
ercia

m
25-35 minutes.
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Infrared drying with short-wave radiant heater, 8-12 minutes
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Special notes
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
001- .
t to the co
♦ Mixture with 2-pack VHS hardeners, 3:1 with 5% thinner (dry‐
ing time increases).
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
ti
on in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
Data Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
VOC content: The EU limit value for this product (product cat‐ Prote
cted AG.
agen
max. 420 g/l.

Storage
The guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS Optimum clear coat -
LZK 769 K02 A5- is 48 months from production date. May be used
until the date stated on the label at latest if stored in sealed original
3.8.5 2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear coat

Designation:
Issued 04.2013 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
Product description d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear coat is a VOC compliant high-solid
utho
or
clear coat. Perfectly suitable for application even under
ss unfav‐
a ac
ourable operating conditions (such as too low drying temperature)
ce
le
un
pt
in the spray booth.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
Properties:
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Flexible and efficient application.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Fast and easy to polish
t to the co
♦ HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- may be used.
rrectne
Substrate
ss
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 by V ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004
ol
g➤
ua , Caddy 2011 ...
d r n
orise General information, Paint - aEdition
tee 11.2015
h
aut or
a
ss c
Application
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Mixing ratio:
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
009 052 A3-
rrectness of i
l purpos
⇒ page 224
Thinner:
nform
ercia
m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
or
his
e
♦ HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2-

at
do
priv
c
♦ See technical data sheet for HS spot thinner LVM 006 000 A2
um
for
⇒ page 233 .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
For elasticization, see ⇒ page 204 t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Application time/pot life: cted agen
Prote AG.

hardener used)



AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
– Apply in one-and-a-half coats. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
If used as a clear coat to repair minor damage (Clever Repair spot

repair method), the 10 % special 2-pack thinner - LVM 0009 200
nform
ercia
A2- and special 2-pack thinner - LVM 009 200 A5- may be re‐
placed with 10 % HS spot repair thinner - LVM 006 000 A2 HS- .
m
at
Do not apply to horizontal surfaces.

om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
Drying
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Dust dry in 15-30 minutes C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
♦ Dry for assembly in 2-5 hours co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Dry overnight
AG.

Final flash-off time with force drying is 5 minutes.
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature with:

15-25 minutes.
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- 10-15 mi‐
nutes.
009 052 A3- 20-30 minutes.
25-35 minutes.
G. Volkswagen AG d
The final flash-off time with infrared drying is 5 lminutes.
ksw
agen
A
oes
not
o
yV gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Special notes
wage
Elasticization of rigid and semi-rigid plastics: olks es n
ot g
byV ua
ed ran
♦ First mix the base material with 15% elastic additive
horis - ALZ 011 tee
001- . aut or
ac
ss
♦ Mixing ratio with 2-pack VHS hardeners: 3:1, with 10 % 2-pack
ce
e
nl
pt
du
thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- or 2-pack thinner, special
an
itte
y li
- LVM 009 200 A5- (drying time increases).
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Data
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
max. 420 g/l.
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Storage Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
The guaranteed shelf life of the 2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear p by
co Vo
by lksw
coat - LZK 769 K07 A5- is 48 months as of production date. May Prote
cted AG.
agen
3.8.6 2-pack HS Brillant clear coat

Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant clear coat - L2K 769 K04 A5-
Issued 10.2010
Product description
2-pack HS Brillant clear coat is a high-gloss, VOC-compliant,
high-solid clear coat from the 2-pack acrylic system.
Properties:
♦ Very high stability
♦ Highly reliable application
♦ Very good gloss and filling power
♦ Flexible in use with addition of thinner
♦ Application in two coats


Substrate
Application
Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3-
♦ The choice of hardener depends on the temperature and size
of the surface. See technical data sheet for 2-pack VHS hard‐
ener ⇒ page 224 .
Thinner:

– Mixed for spraying, 60 to 75 minutes at +20 °C.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
205
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Genuine products

– If thinner is added, use measuring stick to mix. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
ir se
d b ua
ran
and “HVLP”: tho tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
1.2-1.3 mm for “compliancy”. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Adjust spray nozzle following manufacturer's instructions to cop Vo
by lksw
1.2-1.3 mm for “HVLP”. cted agen
Prote AG.

– Apply in 2 spray coats with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-
off time. The first coat is applied with restraint, but still uni‐
formly.

Drying
Final flash-off time with force drying is at leastw10 minutes.

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oe
ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Force drying at +60-65 ℃ material temperature in +35-40 mi‐
nutes.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Infrared drying with medium-wave radiant heater, 15-20 minutes

and short-wave radiant heater, 10-15 minutes.
Special notes
. Volkswagen AG
♦ First mix the base material with 15% elastic additive - ALZ
ksw
011
agen
AG does
not
001- . by
Vol
gu
ara
d
ise nte
♦ Mixture with 2-pack VHS hardeners, 3:1 with 10%
tho 2-pack thin‐
r eo
ner, special - LVM 009 200 A2/A5- (dryingsstime
au increases). ra
c
ce
e
Data
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Viscosity as DIN 4 mm, +20 °C: 24-28 seconds
erm
ab
supplied
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
max. 420 g/l.
rrectness of i
Storage
l purpos
Guaranteed storage time of 2-pack HS Brillant clear coat - L2K

769 K04 A5- is 48 months from production date. May be used until
nform
ercia
the date stated on the label at latest if stored in sealed original

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.8.7 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat
Designation:
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat - LZK 769 K05 A5-
Issued 02.2012
Product description
2-pack HS Brillant clear coat is a high-gloss, VOC-compliant,
high-solid clear coat from the 2-pack acrylic system.
Properties:
♦ Flexible application
♦ High stability
♦ Very easy to polish

♦ Good levelling
♦ Good gloss and filling power
♦ Application in two spray coats preferred, one-and-a-half coats
possible
Substrate
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Waterborne base coats agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Application orise nte
th eo
u ra
Mixing ratio: ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
009 052 A3-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
ener ⇒ page 224 .
l purpos

Thinner:
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
te
♦ See technical data sheet for 2-pack HS spot thinner

a
do
riv
⇒ page 233
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Application time/pot life: t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
– Mixed for spraying, 75 to 90 minutes at +20°C p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


and “HVLP”.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
Add 5% clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- at ass material tem‐
a c
perature of +20 °C
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
od), the 5% clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- may be
spec
replaced with 5% HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ The mixture described here for the Clever Repair method must
not be used on horizontal surfaces.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform

mercia

at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his

ate
do
riv

p
cum
for

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

• Apply in two spray coats with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-

off time The first coat is applied with restraint, but still uniform‐
ly.
• Can be applied in one-and-a-half coats; that is, the first half
coat forms a thin, nearly uniform film, upon which a complete,
uniform coat is sprayed.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
Drying
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Air drying at +18 to 22 °C ambient temperature:
y li
erm
ab
♦ Dry overnight
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Force drying at +60-65 ℃ material temperature in 30-35 minutes.

General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015en AG. Volkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
Vol gu
Final flash-off time with infrared drying is at ed least 5-10
b y minutes. ara
nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Special notes by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
001- .
♦ Mixture with 2-pack VHS hardeners, 3:1 with 5% clear coat
additive - LVM 007 000 A2- (drying time increases).

Data
max. 420 g/l.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
aut
h
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ra ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
s c
s General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Storage
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat - LZK 769 K05 A5- , 48
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- 24 months from pro‐
t to the co
duction date.
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
3.8.8 2-pack HS Performance clear coat
mer
atio
om
n
Designation:
c
i
or
n thi
te
♦ 2-pack HS Performance clear coat - LZK 769 K06 A5-
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
Issued 08.2012
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Product description ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
2-pack HS Performance clear coat is a high-gloss, VOC compli‐ py by
co Vo
ant, high-solid clear coat.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Properties:
♦ Flexible application in all areas of repair
♦ Flexible application in one-and-a-half spray coats (preferred)
or two coats (possible)
♦ Good stability
♦ Good gloss and filling power
♦ Fast-drying
Substrate

Application
Mixing ratio:
009 052 A3-
ener ⇒ page 224 .
Thinner:
♦ Clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
♦ HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- d by V gu
ara
rise nte
♦ See technical data sheet for 2-pack HS spot thinner autho eo
ra
⇒ page 233 ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


and “HVLP”.
Add 5% clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- at a material tem‐
perature of +20 °C
Note
od), the 5% clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- may be
replaced with 5% HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- .
♦ The mixture described here for the Clever Repair method must
not be used on horizontal surfaces.

– Adjust spray nozzle followingn A
manufacturer's
G. Volkswagen AGinstructions to
1.3-1.4 mm for “HVLP”.lkswage does
n
o o V t gu
by a
– Adjust spray pressure
ris
ed following manufacturer's instructions
ran to
tee
2.0-2.5 bar afor
utho“compliancy”. or
a
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
• Can be applied in one-and-a-half coats; that is, the first half

es, in part or in w
coat forms a thin, nearly uniform film, upon which a complete,

t to the co
uniform coat is sprayed.

• Apply in two spray coats with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-
rrectness of i
off time The first coat is applied with restraint, but still uniform‐
ly.
l purpos

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Drying
Air drying at +18 to 22 °C ambient temperature:
♦ Dry overnight
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Force drying at +60-65 ℃ material temperature in 25-35 minutes.

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Volkswa n AG. gen AG
wage does
Volks not
gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Special notes
rrectness of i
l purpos
001- .
♦ Mixture with 2-pack VHS hardeners, 3:1 with 5% clear coat
nform
ercia
additive - LVM 007 000 A2- (drying time increases).

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Personal protective equipment: t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
♦ Adhere to the safety data sheet. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
♦ Wear personal protective equipment during application.Prote AG.
Data
max. 420 g/l.
Storage
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat - LZK 769 K05 A5- , 48
♦ Clear coat additive - LVM 007 000 A2- 24 months from pro‐
duction date.
3.8.9 Blender
Designation:
♦ Blender - LVE 013 100 A2-

Issued 10.2012
Product description
Blender was developed to guarantee easy blending-in of 2-pack
clear coats and top coats.
Properties:
♦ Easy to use in its pure form
♦ Good wetting on all substrates
♦ Very fine fade-out to the old finish
Preparation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Base coat application: olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
e
♦ Keep the surfacerhoarea
ris as small as possible. nte
eo
ut ra
a
♦ Overpaint withs waterborne base coat until surfacer area is fully
s c
hidden (overlapping coats).
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Blending system for 2-pack clear coats
y li
erm
ab
ility
Mixing ratio with 2-pack clear coat:
ot p
wit
is n
• Mix according to the technical data sheet for the clear coat
h re
ole,
⇒ page 180 .
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
Paintwork:
atio
m
– Overpaint waterborne base coat with adjusted clear coat,

o
n
c
i
or
overlapping the coats.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Blending in:
– Apply pure blender - LVE 013 100 A2- to the blending area
within the sanded area.

Blending system for 2-pack top coats

Mixing ratio with 2-pack top coat:
• Mix according to the technical data sheet for the 2-pack top
coat ⇒ page 135 .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Paintwork:
ility
ot p
wit
– Recoat until surfacer area is fully hidden, overlapping the
, is n
h re
coats.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
Blending in:
om
ion
c
in t
r
– Apply pure blender - LVE 013 100 A2- to the blending area
o
his
te
within the sanded area.

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Polishing blending areas

♦ Allow blending areas to dry overnight before polishing

Force drying at +60 °C material temperature in 30 minutes.

– The blending areas may then be polished after cooling for one
hour at +20 °C ambient temperature.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Infrared drying with short-wave radiant heater, 10 minutes.

wit
, is n
h re
– The blending areas may then be polished after cooling for one
hole
spec
hour at +20 °C ambient temperature.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
♦ Polish the blending areas with fine polishing paste by hand or

l purpos
with a polishing machine.

♦ Finally treat the surface with high-gloss sealer.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Data
Storage
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
3.9 Hardener
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “3.9.1 2-pack HS hardener”, page 221
is n
h re
ole,
⇒ “3.9.2 2-pack VHS hardeners and 2-pack VHS Performance
spec
hardeners”, page 224
t to the co
⇒ “3.9.3 Hardener for 2-pack primer surfacer”, page 229
⇒ “3.9.4 Aqua Premium hardener”, page 229
rrectne
3.9.1 2-pack HS hardener
ss
Designation:
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
♦ 2-pack HS hardener, extra fast-drying - LHA 009 046 A2- n thi

te
sd
iva

o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Issued 10.2014 ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
Product description by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The products described here are High Solid hardeners suitable
for selected HS surfaces and clear coats.
Properties:
♦ Their high solids content allows for economical and environ‐
mentally friendly application.
♦ A choice of 5 versions makes them suitable for all painting
conditions and ensures very reliable application.


Application
Possible base materials:
♦ 2-pack HS Vario surfacer ⇒ page 91
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer ⇒ page 100 .
♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer ⇒ page 106 .
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ 2-pack HS wet-on-wet
olks surfacer ⇒ page 128
wag does
no
V t gu
by ara
♦ 2-pack HS clear
ris coat ⇒ page 180 .
ed nte
ho eo
ut
♦ 2-pack HS
ss Vario clear coat ⇒ page 190 .
a ra
c
ce
e
Field of application
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
1- 2-pack HS hardener - LHA 009 041 A3- is suitable for full
erm
ab
and partial refinishes at normal temperatures.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
2- 2-pack HS hardener, fast-hardening - LHA 021 004 A3- is
h re
suitable for partial refinishes and low exhaust air volume in
hole
spec
the spray booth.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3- 2-pack HS hardener, extra fast-drying - LHA 009 046 A2- is
suitable for spot repairs and partial refinishes at low tem‐
peratures.
rrectness of i
4- 2-pack HS hardener, slow-drying - LHA 009 047 A3- is suit‐
l purpos
able for all full and partial refinishes, even at high tempera‐
tures.
nform
ercia
5- 2-pack HS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 048 A3-

is suitable for full and partial refinishes, even at very high
m
at
temperatures. Finishes applied using this hardener are

om
ion
characterised by excellent levelling

c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Mixing ratio:
– Refer to the technical data sheet for the respective base ma‐
terial.
Hardener selection table
+ + - Ideal
AG. Volkswagen AG d
+ - Suitable agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
- - Suitable to a limited extent orise nte
h eo
ut ra
- - - Not suitable ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
Hardener se‐ 2-pack HS 2-pack HS 2-pack HS
du
an
itte
lection hardener - hardener, fast- hardener, ex‐
y li
erm
ab
LHA 009 041 drying - LHA tra fast-drying -
ility
ot p
A3- 021 004 A3- LHA 009 046
wit
A2- , is n
h re
hole
Complete or + - --
spec
partial refinish
es, in part or in w
t to the co
(large areas)
Partial refinish + ++ ++
(small repairs)
rrectness of i
High tempera‐ + -- --
l purpos
tures, above
+25 °C
nf
ercia
Very high tem‐ - -- --
or
peratures,
m
m
atio
+30 °C to +35 °
om
n in
C
or c
thi
e
Normal tem‐ ++ - --
t
sd
iva
peratures,
o
r
rp
cu
+20 °C to +25 °
o
m
f
en
ng
C
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Low tempera‐ - + ++ ht. rig
rig ht
tures, +15 °C
py by
co Vo
by lksw
to +20 °C Prote
cted AG.
agen
Low baking ++ + +
Air drying ++ ++ ++
Hardener selection 2-pack HS harden‐ 2-pack HS harden‐

er, slow-drying - er, extra slow-drying
LHA 009 047 A3- - LHA 009 048 A3-
Complete or partial ++ ++
refinish (large
areas)
Partial refinish + --
(small repairs)
High temperatures, + ++
above +25 °C
Very high tempera‐ + ++
tures, +30 °C to
+35 °C
Normal tempera‐ ++ +
tures, +20 °C to
+25 °C
Low temperatures, - --
+15 °C to +20 °C
Low baking ++ ++
Air drying + +

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle
aut 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy
ho e o 2011
ra ...
General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015 ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Data
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2-pack HS hardener, extra All other 2-pack HS hard‐
fast-drying - LHA 009 046 eners
A2-
rrectness of i
Flash Below +21 °C Above +23 °C
point:
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
Storage
rm
m
atio
m
Guaranteed storage time of all 2-pack HS hardeners is 36 months

o
n in
c
from production date. May be used until the date stated on the
or
thi
e
label at latest if stored in sealed original containers at +20 °C.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Storage conditions
– Do not store in damp conditions.
– After use, replace container lid immediately, ensuring an air‐

tight seal.
3.9.2 2-pack VHS hardeners and 2-pack VHS

Performance hardeners
Designation:


009 052 A3-
♦ 2-pack VHS Performance hardener - LVM 009 038 A2-
039 A2-
Issued 10.2014
Product description
2-pack VHS hardeners as well as VHS Performance hardeners
are highly suitable for our High-Solid products.
Properties:
♦ Their high solids content allows for economical and environ‐
mentally friendly application.
♦ Available in different types, these olVHS
kswagand
en AGPerformance hard‐
eners are suitable for en AG. V conditions
allagpainting doand
es n ensure very
lksw
reliable application.
d byV
o ot g
ua
e ran
ris tee
Technical data
ut sheet
ho or
sa ac
Applications
ce
le
un
Possible base materials: pt

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
The 2-pack HS Performance surfacer may only be applied to‐

gether with a 2-pack VHS Performance hardener.

t to the co
♦ 2-pack HS Vario surfacer ⇒ page 91

rrectne
♦ 2-pack HS premium surfacer ⇒ page 100

♦ 2-pack HS mixture surfacer ⇒ page 106
ss o
cial p
♦ 2-pack HS Performance surfacer ⇒ page 118

inform
mer
♦ 2-pack HS wet-on-wet surfacer ⇒ page 128

atio
m
♦ 2-pack HS top coat ⇒ page 135

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat ⇒ page 180

t
sd
iva
o
pr
♦ 2-pack HS Vario clear coat ⇒ page 190

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ 2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear coat ⇒ page 200
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat ⇒ page 208 rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ 2-pack HS Performance clear coat ⇒ page 213
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
2-pack VHS Performance hardeners may only be applied togeth‐

er with a 2-pack HS Performance surfacer.
1- 2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051
A5- is suitable for full and partial refinishes at normal tem‐
peratures.
2- 2-pack VHS hardener, fast-drying - LHA 009 050 A2- is suit‐
able for partial refinishes and low exhaust air volume in the
spray booth.

3- 2-pack VHS hardener, slow-drying - LHA 009 052 A2- / -LHA

009 052 A3- is suitable for all full and partial refinishes, even
at high temperatures.
4- 2-pack VHS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 053 A2-
is suitable for all full and partial refinishes, even at high
temperatures.
5- 2-pack VHS Performance hardener - LVM 009 038 A2- is
suitable for all full and partial refinishes at normal tempera‐
tures.
6- 2-pack VHS Performance hardener, slow-drying - LVM 009
039 A2- is suitable for all full and partial refinishes, even at agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
high temperatures. Vol
ksw es n
ot g
y ua
db ran
rise tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
lkswagen General information,
oes
n Paint - Edition 11.2015
o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
Mixing ratio: ris tee
tho or
au ac
– Refer to the technical data sheet
ss for the respective base ma‐
terial.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Hardener selection table
y li
rm
ab
pe
+ + - Ideal
ility
ot
wit
+ - Suitable , is n
h re
hole
spec
- - Suitable to a limited extent
es, in part or in w
t to the co
- - - Not suitable
Hardener selection 2-pack VHS harden‐ 2-pack VHS harden‐
rrectness of i
er - LHA 009 051 er, fast-drying - LHA
A2- / -LVM 009 051 009 050 A2-
l purpos
A5-
Complete or partial + --
nform
ercia
refinish (large
areas)
m
a
com
tio
Partial refinish + ++
n in
r
(small repairs)
te o
thi
s
iva
do
High temperatures, + --
r
rp
cum
above +25 °C
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Very high tempera‐ - --
Co
op py
tures, +30 °C to t. C rig
gh ht
+35 °C yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
Normal tempera‐ ++ cted
--
agen
Prote AG.
tures, +20 °C to
+25 °C
Low temperatures, - ++
+15 °C to +20 °C
Low baking ++ +
Air drying ++ ++
Hardener selection 2-pack VHS harden‐ 2-pack VHS harden‐

er, slow-drying - er, extra slow-drying
LHA 009 052 A2- / - - LHA 009 053 A2-
LHA 009 052 A3-
Complete or partial + ++
refinish (large
areas)
Partial refinish + +
(small repairs)
above +25 °C
Very high tempera‐ - ++
tures, +30 °C to
+35 °C
Normal tempera‐ ++ ++
tures, +20 °C to
+25 °C
Low temperatures, - -
+15 °C to +20 °C
Low baking ++ ++
Air drying ++ +

Hardener selection 2-pack VHS Per‐ 2-pack nAVHS

G. VoPer‐
lkswagen AG
wage does
formance hardener -y Vformance
olks hardener, not
gu
LVM 009 038 A2-ised b slow-drying - LVM ara
nte
thor 009 039 A2- eo
au ra
c
Complete or partial +ss ++
ce
le
refinish (large
un
pt
areas)
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Partial refinish + +
pe
ility
(small repairs)
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
above +25 °C
spec
es, in part or in w
Very high tempera‐ - ++
t to the co
tures, +30 °C to
+35 °C
Normal tempera‐ ++ ++
rrectness of i
tures, +20 °C to
l purpos
+25 °C
Low temperatures, - -
nform
+15 °C to +20 °C
ercia
Low baking ++ ++
m
a
com
tio
Air drying ++ +
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py Vo
Data
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
All VHS hardeners
Flash point: +24 ℃
Storage
The guaranteed shelf life of VHS hardeners is 36 months as of
production date. The guaranteed shelf life of VHS Performance
hardeners is 12 months. May be used until the date stated on the
label at latest if stored in sealed original containers at +20 °C.

Storage conditions
– Do not store in damp conditions.
– After use, replace container lid immediately, ensuring an air‐

tight seal.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
3.9.3 Hardener for 2-pack primer surfacer
ot p
wit
, is n
Designation: h re
hole
spec
♦ Hardener for 2-pack primer surfacer - LHA 005 000 A2-

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
Information on preparing and applying the hardener for 2-pack

l purpos
primer surfacer may be found in the documentation for the re‐

spective base material
nf
ercia
⇒ “3.6.5 2-pack plastic adhesion surfacer”, page 124 .

orm
m
atio
m
3.9.4 Aqua Premium hardener

o
n in
or c
thi
e
Designation:
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ Aqua Premium hardener - LVM 045 000 A1-

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Note
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Information on preparing and applying the hardener for 2-pack
Prote AG.
primer surfacer may be found in the documentation for the re‐

spective base material
⇒ “3.7.5 Aqua Premium system”, page 157 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
3.10 Thinners
o
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
⇒ “3.10.1 2-pack thinner”, page 230 aut
h
ra
ss c
⇒ “3.10.2 HS spot thinner”, page 233
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
⇒ “3.10.3 Demineralised water”, page 235
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
3.10.1 2-pack thinner
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Designation:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Nitrocellulose thinner - LVE 856 000 A3-
nform
ercia
Issued 04.2013
m
Product description
a
com
tion in
The following section describes the VW thinners which are ideally
r
te o
thi
suited to car finish repairs.
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
These thinners can be used to alter the viscosity of the base
um
fo
products to achieve the best application under all conditions.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Note co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
They are not be used for thinning waterborne base coats.


Mixing ratio:
– Refer to the technical data sheet for the respective base ma‐
terial.
Selection of thinners
+ + - Ideal
+ - Suitable
- - Suitable to a limited extent
- - - Not suitable
Note
This table gives a general overview of the options for using the
thinners listed here. Any additional information in the technical
data sheet for the base material in question takes precedence.
2-pack thin‐ 2-pack thin‐ 2-pack thin‐ 2-pack thin‐ 2-pack thin‐
ner ner - LVE ner, slow- ner plus - ner, special
009 001 drying - LHA 014 - LVM 009
A5- LVM 009 000 A5- 200 A2- / -
300 A2- LVM 009
200 A5-
2-pack HS + ++* + ++
top coat
2-pack HS -- -- -- ++
clear wagen AG
. Volkswagen AG
doe
coats** yV
olks s no
t gu
db ara
2-pack oris + +
e
+* + + +nte+e
acrylic pri‐ auth or
ac
mer/surfac‐ss
ce
e
er
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Wash pri‐ ++ -* ++ ++
y li
erm
ab
mer
ility
ot p
* only for high temperatures above +25 °C

wit
, is n
h re
** 2-pack HS clear coats used in a 3:1 mixing ratio with 2-pack

hole
spec
VHS hardeners plus thinner

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Main fields of application and uses of the thinners

2-pack 2-pack 2-pack 2-pack 2-pack Nitrocel‐
thinner thinner - thinner, thinner thinner, lulose
LVE 009 slow-dry‐ plus - special - thinner -
001 A5- ing - LHA 014 LVM 009 LVE 856
LVM 009 000 A5- 200 A2- / 000 A3-
300 A2- -LVM
009 200
A5-
Main Univer‐ The spe‐ Thinner Specially Equip‐
field of sal thin‐ cially de‐ for all devel‐ ment
applica‐ ner for all veloped two-pack oped vis‐ cleaners
tion two-pack viscosity acrylic cosity and de‐
acrylic thinner is products thinner greasers
products particu‐ with dry‐ particu‐
larly suit‐ ing ac‐ larly suit‐
able for celerator able for
2-pack 2-pack
HS top HS top
coats coats, 2-
and 2- pack
pack acrylic
acrylic fillers
surfac‐ and 2-
ers. pack HS
clear
coats
used in a
3:1 mix‐
ing ratio
with 2-
pack n AG. Volkswagen AG do
VHS lkswage es n
Vo ot g
harden‐ ed by ua
ran
ers plus thoris tee
or
thinnerau ac
ss
Applica‐ Adjusts Im‐ Adjusts Adjusts The EU ce
le
un
pt
tion the vis‐ proves the vis‐ the vis‐ limit val‐ an
d
itte
cosity of levelling cosity of cosity of ue for y li

erm
ab
priming and ab‐ priming priming this ility
ot p
materials sorption materials materials product

wit
is n
and top of over‐ and top and top (product

h re
ole,
coats at spray at coats at coats at category

spec
low and spray low and low and IIB.a) in

medium booth medium medium ready-to-

t to the co
tempera‐ tempera‐ tempera‐ tempera‐ spray

tures tures of tures tures form is
above max. 850
rrectne
+25 °C g/l of vol‐

and for atile or‐
s
large ob‐ ganic

s o
jects com‐
cial p
f in
pounds.
form
mer
VOC
atio
m
content:
o
n
c
2004/42/
i
or
n thi
IIB(a)
te
sd
a
(850)840
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Data Flash‐ Flash‐ Flash‐ Flash‐ Flash‐

en
ng
t.
point point point point point
yi Co
op
above above above above above
C py
t. rig
gh
+23 °C +23 °C +23 °C +23 °C +23 °C
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
Storage
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
The guaranteed shelf life of all thinners is 60 months from date of
itte
y li
erm
production. May be used until the date stated on the label at latest
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
3.10.2 HS spot thinner
nform
ercia
Designation:
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
Issued 06.2013
at
do
priv
cum
or
Product description
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- is a special drying accelerator Cop py
for small repairs with 2-pack HS top coats and certain 2-pack HS
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
clear coats . In the given mixtures, clear coats and top coats re‐ op Vo
by c lksw
main VOC compliant. cted agen
Prote AG.
Application:
♦ Field of application: Clever Repair
♦ For small areas only
♦ Do not apply to horizontal surfaces
Substrate
See the technical data sheet of the respective base product.
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat - LZK 769 K05 A5-
♦ HS Vario clear coat - L2K 769 K01 A5-
♦ 2-pack HS Performance clear coat - LZK 769 K06 A5-
♦ 2-pack HS uni (solid-colour top) coat - L2K 073 ... ..-
♦ 2-pack HS mixture paint - L2K 074 ... ..-

Application
Mixing ratio:
Thinner:
♦ HS spot thinner - LVM 006 000 A2- (HS spot thinner is added
instead of 2-pack thinner, special - LVM 009 200 A2- / -LVM
009 200 A5- )
♦ +5% for 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat - LZK 769 K05 A5-
♦ +12.5% for HS Vario clear coat - L2K 769 K01 A5-
♦ +5% for 2-pack HS Performance clear coat - LZK 769 K06 A5-
♦ +10 % for 2-pack HS Optimum plus clear coat - LZK 769 K07
A5-
♦ +12.5% for 2-pack HS uni top coat - L2K 073 ... ..- / 2-pack HS
mixing paint - L2K 074 ... ..-

– Mixed for spraying, 35-45 minutes at +20 ℃ (clear coat with
2-pack VHS hardener - LHA 009 051 A2- / -LVM 009 051 A5- )
– Mixed for spraying, 50-60 minutes at +20°C for 2-pack HS Uni
(solid-colour) top coat - L2K 073 ... ..- / 2-pack HS mixing paint
- L2K 074 ... ..-
Application:
– Refer to respective technical data sheets for information on
using clear coats and 2-pack HS mixing paint and gtop
en Acoats.
G. Volkswagen AG
a does
ksw not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
Note ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
♦ Application to large areas or horizontal surfaces (e.g. bonnet)
ce
le
un
pt
can result in technical disadvantages

an
d
itte
y li
♦ A “fast” hardener system is preferable for use with the Clever

rm
ab
pe
ility
Repair system
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
Data
l purpos

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Storage
Guaranteed storage time of all 2-pack HS spot thinners is 24
months from production date. May be used until the date stated
on the label at latest if stored in sealed original containers at +20 °
C.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
3.10.3 Demineralised water
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Designation:
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Aquaplus demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5-
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Note
spec
t to the co
No technical data sheet is necessary for this product.
3.11 Anti-corrosion materials
rrectne
⇒ “3.11.1 Anti-corrosion wax”, page 235
⇒ “3.11.2 Cavity-preservative agent”, page 236 ss o
cial p
f inform
⇒ “3.11.3 Anti-corrosion wax (in aerosol can)”, page 239

mer
atio
m
3.11.1 Anti-corrosion wax

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Designation:
t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
♦ Anti-corrosion wax - AKR 321 M15 4-

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Anti-corrosion wax - AKR 321 M16 10- t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
Issued 04.2009 yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Product description
agen
Prote AG.
Anti-corrosion wax - AKR 321 M15 4- and anti-corrosion wax -

AKR 321 M16 10- are aerosol wax-based rust-protection agents.
The film which remains after drying is strongly adhesive, tough,
plastic, water-repellent and nearly colourless.
The flow point of the dry substance is over +100 ℃, meaning that
running or dripping is unlikely even in the engine compartment.
The dry film adheres well to untreated and painted surfaces.
Application
♦ Used for preserving seams, surfaces and cavities of vehicles.
♦ Its light colour makes it especially suitable for protecting
seams on the bonnet and in the boot.
♦ The material is also preferred for preserving the cleaned en‐
gine compartment.

Application
Note
♦ Before using, read the safety measures and recommendations

in the safety data sheet.
♦ Even for products which are not required by law to be labelled,
the usual safety measures for chemical products must be ob‐
served.
– The parts to be treated with anti-corrosion wax should be

cleaned and dried thoroughly beforehand, and any rust must
be removed.
– Shake the can well before use. Spray on anti-corrosion wax
and allow it to dry. Do not apply to visible exterior surfaces
because the dry film has a flat appearance.
Caution
If engine compartments of vehicles or other equipment are

treated with sealant, the engines should not be switched on . Volkswagen AG
until the protective wax film has been allowed to dry thoroughly. kswagen AG does
(Danger of explosion due to evaporating solvents) by Vol not
gu
a
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
Technical data ss
ce
le
un
pt
Colour Transparent in thin coat
an
d
itte
y li
erm
Odour Mild odour
ab
ility
ot p
Viscosity (DIN 12-14 seconds
wit
is n
53211, 4 mm)
h re
ole,
spec
Dropping Approx. 100 °C
point
t to the co
Cleaning With mineral spirits, cold cleaner or kerosene
Working tem‐ +15 °C to +30 °C
rrectne
perature
3.11.2 Cavity-preservative agent

ss o
cial p
f in
Designation:
form
mer
♦ Cavity-preservative agent - D 330 KD1 A2-

atio
om
n
c
♦ Cavity-preservative agent - D 330 KD2 A1-

i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
Issued 04.2010
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Product description
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Cavity-preservative agent - D 330 KD1 A2- and cavity-preserva‐ C py
t. rig
tive agent - D 330 KD2 A1- are solvent-based, high solid-content
gh ht
pyri by
corrosion inhibitors for sealing cavities.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
It is a thixotropic solution with good atomizing properties, ideal for
protecting areas that are difficult to access such as narrow gaps
between panels.
This cavity protectant infiltrates and displaces moisture and con‐
tains a high proportion of rust inhibitors.
The cavity protectant is very finely atomized during spraying, has
outstanding creep properties, penetrates well into narrow gaps
(such as welded seams) which need protection but does not run
significantly out of seams.

The material can be applied even at low temperatures above 10

°C, but its creep properties improve when the product and the
bodywork are at ambient temperature.
When completely dry, this product forms a waxy film which is
plastic, water-repellent and nearly transparent beige.
Application
♦ Mostly used in the workshop for spraying the interior of cavities
to supplement the cavity sealing of new vehicles and to restore
cavity sealing after 2-3 years as well as after accident repair.. Volkswage
AG n AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
db ara
Note rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
♦ Before using, read the safety measuressand recommendations
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
served.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Application of cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD1 A2-
spec
t to the co
♦ The cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD1 A2- can be easily
applied using the pressure-feed spray gun and the appropriate
probes.
rrectne
♦ The operating pressure of the pressure-feed spray gun is
5-6 bar. The material pressure reducer should be set to 5 bar.
ss o
♦ If the material is stored for a long time or if the temperature
cial p
f i
falls below +10 ℃, it becomes more thixotropic. However, this
nform
will be reduced again during spraying at working temperature.
mer
atio
The product also displays its normal properties after spraying.
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
Note
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Depending on the type of cavity to be treated, the drying phase

t.
yi Co
can last several days. Ensure that the vehicle is well ventilated Cop py
t. rig
during the drying process. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c by lksw
cted agen
Application of cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD2 A1- Prote AG.
♦ All trim parts are to be removed. Any existing rust is to be re‐

moved as completely as possible.
♦ To treat hard-to-reach surfaces (e.g. partial cavities in doors
etc.), the spray nozzle is replaced by the spray tube in the cap.
♦ The material should be at ambient temperature during appli‐
cation.
♦ If the material is stored for a long time or if the temperature
falls below +10 ℃, it becomes more thixotropic. Therefore, the
can must be vigorously shaken before use so that the rattling
of the ball can be heard.
♦ The body parts should be cleaned of dust and grease and then
sprayed evenly. The can should be held vertically when spray‐
ing.
♦ When working with the “spray tube”, it can be slowly guided in
circles in all directions.
♦ The spray head with the round spray nozzle enables the ap‐
plication of a fine, even coat on surfaces such as vehicle
underbodies, giving these a perfect appearance.

Note
Cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD2 A1- contains flammable pro‐

pellant. Ensure that cavities as well as the entire vehicle are well
ventilated during the drying period before they are closed again,
for example, with door trim. Depending on the type of cavity to be
treated, the drying phase can last several days.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Caution ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
ut ra
Functional components such as
s brake and exhaust systems
s a c
are not to be sprayed.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
In addition, rubber and plastic parts are not to be sprayed.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Cleaning
h re
hole
spec
♦ Preservative which drips out can be easily wiped away.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Plastic cleaner - D 195 850 A1- is suitable for removing dried
material.
♦ Larger areas may be cleaned with a high-pressure steam
rrectness of i
cleaner. Splashes on painted surfaces should be removed im‐
mediately.
l purpos
Technical data, cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD1 A2-
nf
ercia
o
Colour Transparent beige
rm
m
atio
m
Odour Typical unique odour

o
n in
or c
Solids content Approx. 60% (active ingredient)

thi
te
sd
iva
Consistency Thixotropic
o
r
rp
cu
o
Stability At least 100 μm

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Top coat com‐ No permanent change to the paint Cop py
. rig
patibility
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
Removability Dry material can be easily removed by c lksw
cted agen
after 24 hours
Prote AG.
Characteris‐ Does not drip

tics in drying
oven
(1.5 hours at
90 °C)
Frost resist‐ Does not crack
ance
Corrosion re‐ Does not corrode
sistance
perature
Use tempera‐ -40 ℃ to +90 ℃
ture
Technical data, cavity-protection agent - D 330 KD2 A1-
Colour Transparent beige (nearly transparent)
Odour Typical unique odour
Solids content Approx. 60% (active ingredient)
Dropping Approx. 150 °C
point of solid
matter
Consistency Thixotropic

Stability At least 100 μm

Penetration > 16 cm
Top coat com‐ No permanent change to the paint
patibility
Removability Dry material can be easily removed
after 24 hours
Characteris‐ Does not drip
tics in drying
oven
(1.5 hours at
90 °C)
Frost resist‐ Does not crack
ance
Corrosion re‐ Does not corrode
sistance n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Working tem‐ +10 ℃ to +25 ℃ d by ua
ran
perature ir se tee
tho
u or
Use tempera‐ -40 °C to +90 °C (+120
ss
a
°C briefly up to 1 hour) ac
ture
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
3.11.3 Anti-corrosion wax (in aerosol can)
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Designation:
wit
is n
h re
♦ Anti-corrosion wax - D 308 SP5 A1-
ole,
spec
Issued 04.2009
t to the co
Product description
Anti-corrosion wax - D 308 SP5 A1- offers ideal corrosion pro‐
rrectne
tection for areas of the body threatened by corrosion such as
double layers of sheet metal (seams, gaps and flanges), edges
s
and surfaces.
s o
cial p
f i
Long-term corrosion protection is assured by the very good pen‐
nform
etration as well as excellent adhesion to metallic surfaces.
mer
atio
m
The product is compatible with and easy to remove from top coat
o
n
c
as well as rubber and plastic add-on components.

or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Application
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ The recommended dry coat thickness is about 30 μm.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Technical data cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Propane and 45-49 %
butane con‐
tent
Active ingre‐ 22-26 %
dient content
Solvent con‐ 27-31 %
tent
Viscosity 16-22 seconds
(DIN 53211,
4 mm)
Dropping >150 °C
point of solid
material
Cleaning with mineral spirits
Working +18 °C to +25 °C
temperature

Flashpoint +27 to +33 °C

PMCC (DIN
EN 22719)
Colour Light beige
Use temper‐ +10 ℃ to +30 ℃
ature
Frost resist‐ to -30 °C
ance
3.12 Underseal
⇒ “3.12.1 Permanent underseal D 314 D36 M2 , grey”,
page 240
⇒ “3.12.2 Permanent underseal D 314 D37 M2 , black”,
page 243
⇒ “3.12.3 Permanent underseal D 314 D38 M2 , light”, n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
page 246 byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
⇒ “3.12.4 Underseal D 314 D39 A3 , black”, page 249 th o tee
or
au ac
ss
3.12.1 Permanent underseal - D 314 D36 M2- ,
ce
e
nl
pt
grey
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Designation:
ility
ot p
wit
♦ Permanent underseal - D 314 D36 M2- , grey
, is n
h re
hole
Issued 02.2010
spec
es, in part or in w
Product description, permanent underseal - D 314 D36 M2- , grey
t to the co
Permanent underseal - D 314 D36 M2- is a grey coating com‐
pound based on an aqueous synthetic resin dispersion which can
rrectness of i
be sprayed on using a UBS gun.
l purpos
Drying time depends on the coat thickness as well as the ambient

temperature and humidity. Good ventilation and higher tempera‐
tures accelerate drying.
nform
ercia
The dried film adheres well to sheet metal, which is galvanised or

m
at
om
i
coated with electrophoretic primer, as well as to painted sub‐
on
c
strates. Due to the great resistance to abrasion and flexibility

in t
or
his
e
under cold conditions, permanent underseal exhibits excellent

at
do
riv
stone-chipping protection.
p
cum
for
en
g
Permanent underseal can be quickly overpainted with water-

n
t.
yi Co
based paints. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
After air drying about 2 to 3 hours, the material can be overpainted p by
co Vo
with conventional solvent-based paint systems as well.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The dried coating is easy to sand after thorough hardening.
Permanent underseal is suitable for reproducing the original
structure following repairs.
The material is only temporarily resistant to naphtha and cold
cleaners.
Application
♦ Permanent underseal - D 314 D36 M2- is suitable for repairing
underbodies, wheel housings, and front end and rear ends and
can be applied to visible parts such as door sills as paintable
protection against stone chipping, road salt and corrosion due
to moisture.
♦ The material is suitable for repairing various surface structures
following repairs to all sorts of vehicles.

♦ Permanent underseal is suitable for deadening noise from

boots, bonnets, wheel housings and side panels as well as
covering and sealing repaired surfaces, welded joints and
overlaps.
Note

served.
Application . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
♦ The surfaces to be treated must be cleaned
by
Vol
k thoroughly be‐ not
gu
forehand, and any rust must be removed.
rised ara
nte
tho eo
♦ The surfaces must be dry and
s a free of
u dirt, dust and grease. ra
c
s
ce
le
♦ Surfaces which are not to be coated should be covered with

un
pt
paper.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Bare steel surfaces are to be primed before application of per‐
pe
ility
manent underseal.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Permanent underseal is applied from the 1-litre can using the
hole
spec
UBS gun. The application pressure is 4-5 bar.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Shake the can vigorously for one minute before use.
Caution
rrectness of i
l purpos
Do not spray onto joints, engine, propshaft, exhaust, catalytic

converter or brake system.
nform
ercia
Blow out the UBS gun immediately after use and then clean it
with plastic cleaner - D 195 850 A1- D 195 850 A1.
m
a
com
tio
If the UBS gun becomes blocked, the can may burst.

n in
r
te o
thi
Observe the operating instructions of the UBS gun.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Overpainting
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Note Prote
cted AG.
agen
Permanent underseal can be overpainted with both water-based

and solvent-based paints. Due to the large number of systems
available in the market, test spraying is necessary.
1- Overpainting with water-based paints:

– After drying to a matt surface and up to 72 hours following
application, permanent underseal can be overpainted using
water-based paints.
2- Overpainting with conventional solvent-based paints:
– After drying thoroughly and up to 72 hours following applica‐
tion, permanent underseal can be overpainted using solvent-
based paints. The material is a fast-drying thick-coat system.
When accelerating drying with forced air, ensure that the fast-
developed skin is not blown away over the still-wet material on
which it is floating. This can cause cracking in the finish.

Cleaning
♦ Splashes on painted surfaces should be removed immediately
using plastic cleaner - D 195 850 A1- .
♦ Equipment and soiled parts must be cleaned with water im‐
mediately after application, if necessary using a water-based
cleaning agent. Do not use any solvent-based cleaning
agents, for these cause coagulation. After drying, permanent
underseal can only be removed mechanically.
Technical data AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
Technical data: rised ara
nte
ho eo
Colour grey s aut ra
c
s
Odour slight ammonia odour
ce
le
un
pt
Density Approx. 1.22 g/cm³
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Solids content Approx. 67%
ility
ot p
Viscosity 0.5 Pas
wit
is n
h re
Test equip‐ Physica
ole,
spec
ment
Test method Z4
t to the co
Wet applica‐ 1 mm
tion thickness
rrectne
Thinner/ Distilled water
cleanser
ss
o
cial p
f
perature
inform
mer
Use tempera‐ -25 ℃ to +80 ℃ (+100 °C briefly up to 1 hour)
atio
m
ture
o
n
c
i
or
n
Acoustic data:
thi
te
sd
a
Loss factor approx. 0.10

iv
o
pr
c
DIN 53440
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
Temperature: 20 °C Cop
yi Co
py
Frequency 200 Hz ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Vo
Material Sheet steel 1 mm
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Relative thick‐ 2:1
ness of coat‐
ing to sheet
metal
Storage

Storage conditions
The recommended storage temperature for permanent underseal
is +10 °C to 25 °C.
Permanent underseal is sensitive to freezing; storage tempera‐
ture must not drop below +5 °C.
3.12.2 Permanent underseal - D 314 D37 M2- ,

black
Designation:
♦ Permanent underseal - D 314 D37 M2- , black
Issued 02.2010
Product description, permanent underseal - D 314 D37 M2- ,
black olksw AG. V agen AG
agen do
Permanent underseal - D 314 D367 olM2-
ksw is a black coating com‐
es n
ot g
yV
pound based on an aqueous synthetic
d b resin dispersion which can uaran
ir se
be sprayed on using a UBSthogun. tee
o
au ra
c
Drying time depends on sthe
s
coat thickness as well as the ambient
ce
le

un
tures accelerate drying. pt

an
d
itte
y li
rm
The dried film adheres well to sheet metal, which is galvanised or ab

pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n

h re
under cold conditions, permanent underseal exhibits excellent

hole
spec
stone-chipping protection.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Permanent underseal can be quickly overpainted with water-

based paints.
rrectness of i
After air drying about 2 to 3 hours, the material can be overpainted

l purpos
The dried coating is easy to sand after thorough hardening.

nform
ercia
Permanent underseal is suitable for reproducing the original

structure following repairs.
m
a
com
tio

n in
r
cleaners.
te o
thi
s
iva
do
Application
r
rp
cum
fo
en

ng
t.
yi Co
underbodies, wheel housings, and front end and rear ends and Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
protection against stone chipping, road salt and corrosion due cop Vo
by lksw
to moisture. cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Permanent underseal is suitable for deadening noise from
boots, bonnets, wheel housings and side panels as well as
covering and sealing repaired surfaces, welded joints and
overlaps.

Note

served.
Application
♦ The surfaces to be treated must be cleaned thoroughly be‐
♦ The surfaces must be dry and free of dirt, dust and grease.
paper.
manent underseal.
♦ Permanent underseal is applied from the 1-litre can using the agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
UBS gun. The application pressure is 4-5 bar. Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
d
♦ Shake the can vigorously for one minute before use. orise nte
eo
th
au ra
ss c
Caution
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Overpainting
l purpos
nform
Note
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– After drying to a matt surface and up to 72 hours following Cop py
t. rig
application, permanent underseal can be overpainted using yri
gh by
ht
water-based paints. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

Cleaning

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 Vol ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy
ksw es n
ot g2011 ...
by ua
risGeneral
ed information, Paint - Edition 11.2015
ran
t ee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Technical data
ility
ot p
wit
Technical data:
, is n
h re
hole
Colour Black
spec
es, in part or in w
Odour slight ammonia odour
t to the co
rrectness of i
Viscosity 0.5 Pas
l purpos
Test equip‐ Physica
ment
nf
ercia
Test method Z4
orm
Wet applica‐ 1 mm
m
atio
m
tion thickness
o
n in
or c
Thinner/ Distilled water
thi
te
sd
a
cleanser
iv
o
r
rp
cu
Working tem‐ +10 ℃ to +25 ℃
o
m
f
en
ng
perature
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
ture p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Acoustic data:
agen
Prote AG.
Loss factor approx. 0.10

DIN 53440
Temperature: 20 °C
Frequency 200 Hz
Material Sheet steel 1 mm
Relative thick‐ 2:1
ness of coat‐
ing to sheet
metal
Storage

Storage conditions
is +10 °C to 25 °C.
Permanent underseal is sensitive to freezing; storage tempera‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
ture must not drop below +5 °C. by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
3.12.3 Permanent underseal - D 314 D38 M2- , hole
spec
light
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Designation:
♦ Permanent underseal - D 314 D38 M2- , light
rrectness of i
Issued 02.2010
l purpos
Product description
nf
ercia
Permanent underseal - D 314 D38 M2- is a light, transparent, non-
orm
hiding compound based on an aqueous synthetic resin dispersion
m
atio
m
which can be sprayed on using a UBS, paint or filler gun.

o
n in
or c
Drying time depends on the coat thickness as well as the ambient
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
tures accelerate drying.

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
The dried film adheres well to sheet metal, which is galvanised or
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
under cold conditions, permanent underseal exhibits excellent by c lksw
cted agen
stone-chipping protection. Prote AG.
The permanent underseal can be quickly worked on or overpain‐

ted with water-based paints.
After air drying about 2 to 3 hours, the material can be overpainted
The permanent underseal may be pigmented and mixed with wa‐
ter-based paints and may be thinned with demineralised water.
When adding pigment, up to 30% by volume ready-to-spray wa‐
ter-based paint may be added.
The mixing ratio, spray pressure and spray distance may be var‐
ied to achieve smooth surfaces or fine or coarse structures.
cleaners.
Application
underbodies, wheel housings, and front end and rear ends and
protection against stone chipping, road salt and corrosion due
to moisture.
♦ The variable options for pigmentation offer a special advant‐
age. Any scratches and stone chipping are thus rendered as
inconspicuous as possible.

Note
AG. Volkswagen
♦ Before using, read the safety measures
lksw and recommendations
agen AG do
es n
in the safety data sheet. db
yV
o ot g
ua
ran
is e
r tee
♦ Even for products which are
ut
ho not required by law to be labelled, or
the usual safety measures
ss
a for chemical products must be ob‐ ac
served.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Application
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ The surfaces to be treated must be cleaned thoroughly be‐
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
♦ The surfaces must be dry and free of dirt, dust and grease.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
paper.
rrectness of i
manent underseal.
l purpos
♦ Permanent underseal may be applied to all common sealing

materials except silicone and exhibits good adhesion.
nf
ercia
o
♦ Sealants containing softeners may cause the surface of per‐
rm
m
manent underseal to soften or exhibit slight stickiness. How‐
atio
m
ever, the material will not lose its adhesive property as a result.
o
n in
or c
thi
e
♦ Shake the can thoroughly before use.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ Permanent underseal must not be applied with rusty filler guns
o
m
f
or paint guns. The material may be thinned with up to 10% by

en
ng
t.
yi Co
volume distilled or demineralised water to achieve the required Cop py
viscosity.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ The first coat should not be applied too heavily (12 spray
by lksw
cted agen
pass).
Prote AG.
♦ The Permanent underseal can be mixed with up to 30% by

volume ready-to-spray water-based paints.
♦ To recreate common structures, best results will be achieved
with 10-15% ready-to-spray paint mixture.
♦ The material should be filtered through a paint sieve before
application.
Caution

Overpainting
Note



– After drying to a matt surface and up to 72 hours following
application, permanent underseal can be overpainted using
water-based paints.
Cleaning
Technical data
Technical data:
Colour White, non-hiding
Odour slight ammonia odour wage
es n
lks ot g
Density Approx. 1.25 g/cm³ d byV
o
ua
ran
ir se
Solids content Approx. 70% tho tee
or
au ac
Viscosity 1 Pas ss
ce
le
Test equip‐ Rheomat STV

un
pt
an
d
ment
itte
y li
rm
ab
Test method Rotor 30
pe
ility
ot
Speed 200 rpm

wit
, is n
Stability up to 1 mm wet h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
perature
ture
rrectness of i
Storage
l purpos
Guaranteed shelf life is 12 months from date of production. May

nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Storage conditions
is +10 °C to 25 °C.
Permanent underseal is sensitive to freezing; storage tempera‐
ture must not drop below +5 °C.
3.12.4 Underseal - D 314 D39 A3- , black

Designation:
♦ Underseal - D 314 D39 A3- , black
Issue 08.2015
Product description:
This underseal provides active corrosion protection, a high ad‐
hesiveness, good protection of edges, ideal substrate wetting,
high opacity, easy application, and many more features. It may
also be applied to surfaces with flash rust or where rust has been
removed by hand. Such surfaces are penetrated which stops the
corrosion.
Can be applied using a brush or a paint roller as supplied, or can
be sprayed on using any system after thinner has been added.
Consists of just one component and can be applied at tempera‐
tures between +5°C and 30°C. It needs to dry in the air. Do not
heat up for drying. Dust dry after approx. 30 minutes, can be re‐
coated any time without sanding.
Can be applied directly to steel, aluminium, stainless steel and
other materials (especially suited for composite design). Adheres
to intact existing underseal and base coats. The rust on
AG.corroded
Volkswagen AG
agen does
surfaces or components must be thoroughlyVoremovedlksw (by hand) not
so that the substrate is completely intact; ed bmake
y sure to apply a gu
ara
sufficiently thick coat to rough surfaces.
thoris nte
eo
au ra
Application: ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
The underseal - D 314 D39 A3- is suited for various substrates

du
an
itte
and application methods which makes it ideal for repair work. This
y li
erm
ab
highly solid material contains solvents (VOC-compliant) and may

ility
ot p
not be thinned with water.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
WARNING
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Use the warnings on the label (and in the material safety data
sheet, as necessary) to inform users about the required safety
precautions (keep ignition sources away, ensure sufficient
rrectness of i
ventilation, etc.)
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
249
co Vo
by lksw
cted 3. Genuine products
agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Application: agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Clean the surface which is to be treated.

– Remove any rust as thoroughly as possible. If necessary,
mask off any areas which are not to be coated. Apply under‐
seal.
– Make sure there is sufficient material applied to critical areas
(corners, edges, holes, weld seams, etc.).
Prepare any critical areas, as necessary, or rework them accord‐
ingly at any given time.
Can be applied to any common sealants, except for silicone. On
sealants which contain plasticisers (and which should not be
coated with 1-pack-materials), the surface of the underseal may
remain sticky. In general, it is always better to apply the underseal
first (corrosion protection, adhesiveness), and then the sealants.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note V olksw not
gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
♦ Stir the underseal
ut thoroughly in the can before use. This is
ho eo
ra
especially important
ss a
for the black underseal, because it is not c
as obvious for this colour.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ Use a brush or paint roller to apply the underseal as supplied.

itte
y li
erm
Depending on the respective procedure, add 0 to 10% thinner
ab
ility
for spraying the underseal.
ot p
wit
is n
♦ This coating material cannot be sanded upon application for a
h re
ole,
long period of time (thermoplastic). Use a sharp knife to cut off
spec
any undesired drips.
t to the co
Painting:
rrectne
After the underseal has dried sufficiently, it can be painted using
1-pack paint or 2-pack paint. The solvents (including solvents in
waterborne paint) are slightly solving the surface of the underseal
ss
so that optimum adhesion is obtained. If there are any doubts,

o
cial p
conduct preliminary tests accordingly.

inform
mer
Cleaning:
atio
om
The surface can be cleaned using agents which are commonly

c
i
or
used in workshops.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Storage:
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Frost is not critical. High temperatures cause a reduced shelf-life.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
After the best-before date has been exceeded (label below can),
rig
gh ht
yri by
the underseal may have to be stirred more thoroughly, because op Vo
by c lksw
the material becomes slightly more viscous over time (should be cted agen
Prote AG.
thinned slightly), and the drying time increases. If the material has
been stirred thoroughly and is still inhomogeneous, it must not be
used anymore.
If skin forms in the can, remove it. Do not stir it in.

Technical data:
Solids content: Approx. 70% (by weight)
Odour: Aromatic odour
VOC: < 400 g/l
Free of lead, chromate, zinc, ar‐
omates, xylene; silk-gloss
Dust-dry*) 20-30 minutes
Touch-proof*) 1-2 hours
Dried*) 8 hours
Hardened*) 3 days
*)These values depend strongly on the coat thickness and rarely
on the temperature. A good ventilation supports the hardening
process, as opposed to heat which inhibits the hardening process.
3.13 Stone chip guard

⇒ “3.13.1 Stone chip guard AKR 311 KD1 05 ”, page 252
⇒ “3.13.2 Stone chip guard AKR 311 KD1 10 ”, page 254
3.13.1 Stone chip guard - AKR

wage
n A311
G. VolkKD1
swagen05-
AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
Designation: ed by ara
ris nte
♦ Stone chip guard - AKR ho
t311 KD1 05- , black
eo
au ra
ss c
Issued 04.2009
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Product description
itte
y li
erm
ab
Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 05- is a finely atomising coating
ility
ot p
material on a synthetic resin basis.

wit
is n
h re
ole,
The dried film adheres well on clean substrates as well as bare

spec
and painted sheet metal.

t to the co
It exhibits good hiding power, good corrosion protection, high re‐

sistance to abrasion and, consequently, good stone-chipping
protection.
rrectne
The fast-drying stone chip protection spray can be painted over

after only 7 minutes with commercially available vehicle paint
ss
systems.
o
cial p
f inform
It can be dried without problems in a drying oven at 60 °C.

mer
atio
Unusual mechanical stress (e.g. automatic car washes) should

om
be generally avoided in the first few weeks.

c
i
or
n thi
te
The mechanical durability of the painted surfaces can be found in

sd
iva
o
r
the manufacturer’s product specifications.

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Application
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 05- may be used on all visible
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
parts, such as front and rear spoilers and door sills to protect
AG.
against stone chipping, road salt and moisture corrosion. It can

be quickly painted over.
♦ The material may also be used to supplement stone chip pro‐
tection film or for spot repair and accident repair.

Note

served.
Application
♦ The surfaces to be treated with stone chip protection must be
cleaned thoroughly beforehand, and any rust must be re‐
moved.
♦ The surfaces must be dry and free of grease, dirt and, as far
as possible, dust.
♦ The material should be at ambient temperature during appli‐
cation.
♦ Shake the can vigorously. When the metal ball starts to rattle,
continue shaking for about 1 minute.
♦ Hold the can vertically when spraying and spray from a dis‐
tance of 20 to 30 cm.
♦ If the surrounding area was masked off before spraying, the
masking should be removed before drying.
♦ Abrasion and corrosion protection
agen
increases
AG with
. Volkswagen AG dthe thick‐
ness of the coating. Therefore,
Volksw one or two additional
oes
ncoats
ot g
should be applied after
ed short flash-off periods.
by ua
ran
ris te
tho shadows, spray on the material with cross e or
♦ To prevent spraying
au ac
pattern. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
♦ After use, hold the can upside down and clear the valve by
du
an
itte
spraying until only propellant exits the nozzle.

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Caution
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Do not spray onto moving parts or parts exposed to heat such

es, in part or in w
as joints, engine, gearbox, propshaft, exhaust, catalytic con‐

t to the co
verter and brake system.

rrectness of i
Cleaning
l purpos
♦ Splashes and spray mist can be removed immediately with

naphtha.
nf
ercia
♦ Dry material can only be removed with thinner D or thinner R.

rm
m
Be careful of fresh paint.

atio
om
n in
c
Technical data
or
thi
te
sd
iva
Colour Light or black

o
r
rp
cu
o
Odour Solvent
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Coat thick‐ 250 - 300 µm dry film C py
ht. rig
ness after 2 - 3 rig ht
py by
cross-spray co Vo
by lksw
passes
cted agen
Prote AG.
Drying time Dust dry in approx. 2 hours

perature


ture
3.13.2 Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 10-

Designation:
♦ Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 10- , black AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Issue 02.2014 d by ara
rise nte
ho eo
Product description aut ra
c
ss
Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 10- , black may be thinned with
ce
le
un
pt
water.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Properties:
pe
ility
♦ High elasticity ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ May be overpainted with all top coats
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Is suitable for protection of areas of cars and trucks which are
t to the co
in danger of stone chipping, such as front bumpers and door
sills.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Substrate
nform
ercia
♦ Well-sanded factory paint or old paint (including thermoplastic

m
a
paint)
com
tion in
♦ Surfaces treated with primer or surfacer
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
Caution
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Stone chip guard - AKR 311 KD1 10- must not be applied to C py
t. rig
PVB (acid-curing) surfaces.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Application
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Spray equipment:
spec
es, in part or in w
– Underseal spray gun (UBS gun) with thread for disposable
t to the co
cans.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
– If a smoother surface is desired, stone chip guard - AKR 311

thi
e
KD1 10- applied with a gravity-feed gun if it is first appropriately

t
sd
iva
thinned.
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Thinner:
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– May be thinned with demineralised water - LVW 010 000 A5-
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Method of application: “high-pressure spray”.

3-4 bar.
Note
AG. Volkswagen A
Do not thin for high-pressure spraying.
lksw
agen The viscosity as supplied
G do
es n
is correct for application. d by Vo
ot g
ua
r e an
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
Application viscosity 4 mm, gravity-feed spray gun “compliant”:

m
atio
om
• Depending on addition of demineralised water - LVW 010 000

n in
or c
A5-
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.



1.5-2.0 mm for “compliancy”. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oe w s no
olks t gu
– Adjust spray pressure following manufacturer's
ed
by
V
instructions to ara
2.0-2.5 bar for “compliancy”. horis nte
eo
t
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Apply 2-3 spray coats.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Drying
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Air drying at +20 °C room temperature, up to 150 µm for 2 to 2.5
ht
pyri by
Vo
hours and up to 300 µm overnight.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Force drying at +60 °C material temperature, 150-300 µm 30 mi‐

nutes. G. Volkswagen A AG do
agen es n
ksw
y Vol ot g
ua
b
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Recoating
t to the co
Recoat with:
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ Wear personal protective equipment during application. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Data
supplied
Flash point: non-flammable
2004/42/IIB egory IIB.e) in ready-to-spray form is max.
(e)(840)130 840 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
max. 130 g/l.

Storage
Storage conditions
The prescribed storage temperature is +20 °C. (Do not store at
temperatures below +5 °C.)
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
3.14 Wax-based underseal tho
u or
a ac
ss
⇒ “3.14.1 Wax-based underseal D 316 D38 A2 ”, page 259
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
⇒ “3.14.2 Wax-based underseal D 316 000 A1 ”, page 261
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “3.14.3 Spray wax (spraying wax) D 322 100 M2 ”, page 263
ot p
wit
is n
3.14.1 Wax-based underseal - D 316 D38 A2-
h re
ole,
spec
Designation:
t to the co
♦ Wax-based underseal - D 316 D38 A2-
Issued 04.2009 rrectne
Product description
ss
Wax underseal - D 316 D38 A2- is a solution of an anti-corrosion

o
cial p
agent based on wax and lanolin with polymer and rust-protection

inform
additives.
mer
atio
This results in high viscosity and, for wax, relatively high abrasion
om
resistance.
c
i
or
n thi
te
The material seeps into the pores of the PVC coating, pushes out
sd
iva
o
r
moisture, closes the pores and is water repellant, highly adhesive

p
cum
r
fo
and dry to the touch.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
When dry, it forms a light-beige, transparent, non-sticking, water- C py
t. rig
repellant film.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Its transparency permits the inspection of the underbody in con‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
formance with the German technical inspection association
(TÜV).
The dry film has good adhesion and corrosion-protection proper‐
ties and is very durable due to its toughness and resistance.

Technical data sheet, wax underseal - D 316 D38 A2-

Application
♦ The material is used primarily on the underbody, especially for
treatment and maintenance of all protective coats of materials
based on, for example, PVC, PVC/wax, bitumen/rubber and
rubber/resin basis.
♦ It can also be used to treat shafts as well as suspension com‐
ponents including links and springs. These parts become grey
with age and often display incipient rust. The treatment re‐
freshes the paint, which improves the appearance substan‐
tially. At the same time, the parts are protected against
corrosion.
Note

served.
Application
♦ The surfaces to be treated with wax underseal must be
cleaned thoroughly beforehand, and any rust must be re‐
moved.
♦ The surfaces must be dry and free of grease, dirt and, as far
as possible, dust.
♦ Wax underseal must be applied only to dry surfaces. Inspect
older vehicles for incipient rust.
♦ Any rust must be removed with a wire brush. . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
♦ Before beginning work, cover the vehicle,yV
olk especially the door not
gu
windows. ised b ara
nte
or eo
th
♦ Wax underseal can be applied
s auto vertical surfaces in one step. ra
c
To obtain thorough coverage,
s it is recommended to spray in a
ce
e
cross pattern.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ After drying overnight, the vehicle can be used again. Between

erm
ab
24 and 48 hours are required for hard drying.

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Use a UBS gun to apply from the 1-litre can. The can must be
h re
shaken before use.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Recommended wet-film thickness, approx. 200 µm; applica‐

t to the co
tion air pressure approx. 3-5 bar.

♦ Wax underseal can also be applied with a pressure-feed spray
gun if the Venturi hook probe (16139 SATA) is used. The ap‐
rrectness of i
plication pressure is 3-4 bar. A 750 mm flexible hose enables

l purpos
the operator to easily guide the hook with the 7 mm venturi

nozzle.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Caution

Observe the operating instructions
. Volkswage
of the UBS gun.
n AG n AG d
wage oes
Volks not
gu
y
db ara
Cleaningorise nte
eo
th
au ra
♦ Splashes
ss and spray mist should be removed immediately
us‐ c
ing plastic cleaner - D 195 850 A1- . Residual material can also
ce
e
nl
pt
be easily removed with mineral spirits or kerosene.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
♦ Larger surfaces can also be cleaned with a steam cleaner.
ab
ility
ot p
♦ For this reason, an underbody that has been treated with wax
wit
, is n
underseal cannot be cleaned with steam cleaning devices un‐
h re
hole
less it is to remove the old layer before beginning a new
spec
treatment.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Technical data
Colour Transparent light beige
rrectness of i
Odour Mild odour
l purpos

Consistency Fluid, slightly thixotropic
nf
ercia
or
Heat resist‐ > 100 °C

m
m
atio
ance of the dry

om
n in
film
or c
thi
e
Complete dry‐ 24-48 hours

t
sd
iva
ing
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
perature . Cop py
rig
ht
rig ht
py by
ture
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.14.2 Wax-based underseal - D 316 000 A1-

Designation:
♦ Wax-based underseal - D 316 000 A1-
Issued 01.2008
Product description
Wax underseal - D 316 000 A1- offers excellent long-term under‐
body corrosion protection.
Wax underseal is based on a solvent-free, oxidative-drying sys‐
tem and offers excellent underbody corrosion protection.
This corrosion protection is the result of very good adhesion to
metal surfaces at both very low and high temperatures.
The product creates a light-brown, elastic coating which is firm to
the touch.
It is not necessary to raise the temperature to produce a film
coating.

Technical data sheet, wax underseal - D 316 000 A1-

Application
Volkswa
♦ The material is used primarily
swa
genin
AGautomotive
.
applications.
gen AG
does
k not
y Vol gu
♦ Ensure that the substrates
se
db are dry. ara
nte
ri
ho e
♦ The ready-to-use
ut product is applied by brush at a material or ac
sa
temperature between 20 and 35 °C.
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ When required by the application method, the material can be
an
itte
y li
gently heated to maximum 45 °C directly () before application.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ The oxidative curing product may already develop a skin on
wit
the surface after only a short time. This has no influence on its
, is n
h re
anti-corrosion protection or other properties
hole
spec
Properties
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Solvent-free
♦ Active ingredient content: 100%
rrectness of i
♦ Excellent long-term anti-corrosion protection
l purpos
♦ Good adhesion
nform
ercia
♦ Low tendency to drip

m
at
♦ Low-temperature flexibility
om
ion
c
♦ Long storage life in t

or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
Note
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
in the safety data sheet. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Even for products which are not required by law to be labelled, Prote AG.

served.
Application
♦ The surfaces to be treated must be dry and free of grease or
dust.
♦ Bring wax-based underseal to application temperature
(20-35 °C).
♦ Apply material to body parts which are to be protected and
spread with a brush.
Technical data
Base Mixture of anti-corrosion additives on sulfonate
basis, alkyd resin, special mineral oil raffinates,
pigments, thickeners, drying accelerators and
fluorescent pigments.
Form and col‐ light-brown, viscous liquid
our as sup‐
plied
Rheomat vis‐ 1850 ± 350 mPas (PP50 system, d= 760 1/s)
cosity
Density at 15 ° 0.995 ± 0.015 g/ml
C DIN EN ISO
12185
Solids content 99 ± 1 %

Flashpoint Approx. 150 °C

DIN EN ISO
2719
Recommen‐ 100-400 µm
ded coat thick‐
nesses
perature n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Storage Approx. 12 months ed
byat temperatures between ua
ran
+10 °C and 30hor°C
is tee
ut or
Container 310 ml ss a ac
ce
le
un
pt
3.14.3 Spray wax (spraying wax) - D 322 100
an
d
itte
y li
M2-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Designation:
wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ Spray wax (spraying wax) - D 322 100 M2-
spec
Issued 01.2011
t to the co
Product description
rrectne
Spray wax (spraying wax) - D 322 100 M2- is a long-term anti-
corrosion agent. The product forms a light-brow, waxy film when
dry. Due to its hardness, spray wax offers good protection against
ss
mechanical stress.
o
cial p
f in
Technical data sheet, spray wax - D 322 100 M2-
form
mer
atio
Application
om
n
c
i
or
n
♦ The material is used primarily in automotive applications but
thi
e
may be used as temporary anti-corrosion protection for tools

t
sd
iva
and machines. o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
♦ Spray wax does not attack car finishes and adheres to nearly
t.
yi Co
op
all substrates. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Note
agen
Prote AG.

served.
Application
♦ Bring spray wax to ambient temperature (16-20 ℃).
♦ Shake the aerosol can briefly before using.
♦ The surfaces to be treated (underbody, wheel housings, in‐
sides of doors) must be dry and free of grease or dust.
♦ Apply spray wax at a distance of 20-30 cm evenly in a cross
pattern.
Caution


Technical data
Base Wax mixture
Colour light brown/transparent
Type of film hard, waxy
Density 0.735 g/cm³
Solids content 35.4 %
Flashpoint of 29 ℃
active ingredi‐
ent
Flashpoint of < -20
spray
Recommen‐ 50 µm wet
ded coat thick‐
nesses
Drying time Approx. 30 min
Thermal sta‐ 105 °C
bility
Remove with Mineral spirits
perature
Propellant Propane, butane
(aerosol)
Aerosol stor‐ cool and dry < 50 °C
age
Warning Highly flammable
Container 500 ml
3.15 Sealing materials

⇒ “3.15.1 Polyurethane adhesive sealant (bonding compound)”,
page 264 AG. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
⇒ “3.15.2 Sprayable sealant”, page 267 Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
⇒ “3.15.3 Adhesive sealant”, page 270thoris tee
or
au ac
3.15.1 Polyurethane adhesive sealant (bond‐ ss
ce
e
nl
pt
ing compound)
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Designation:
ility
ot p
wit
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant (bonding compound) - AKD

, is n
h re
476 KD5 05-

hole
spec
Issued 04.2009
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Product description
Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- is a one-pack
rrectness of i
adhesive sealing paste on polyurethane basis which, when ex‐

posed to air humidity, hardens into a rubbery-elastic material.
l purpos
The time required to form a skin or to cure completely depends

on the air humidity and the temperature. The curing time also de‐
nform
ercia
pends on the depth of joints.

m
at
om
Increasing the temperature and air humidity can reduce these

ion
c
times. Low temperatures and low air humidity, on the other hand,
in t
or
his
e
increase them.
at
do
priv
Properties:
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Can be overpainted, even “wet-on-wet”
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
264
cted agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen
Amarok
ksw
agen2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012
AG do
es n ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
y Vol ot g
ua General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015
e db ra
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
♦ Levels out slightly on the surface e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ Excellent elasticity
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ High resistance to ageing
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Can be sanded
h re
hole
spec
♦ Can be spread
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Application
rrectness of i
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- is used for
l purpos
elastic seals and bonds, especially for sealing seams and very
narrow gaps where the lack of durability is not a problem, in
the field of body and vehicle construction as well as add-on
nform
ercia
structures, especially when the seam sealant is to be painted

over. To avoid yellowing or cracking, the sealant should al‐
m
at
om
ways be painted over when applied to vehicle exterior.
ion
c
in t
or
♦ When polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- is
his
ate
used, mechanical attachment by means such as bolting, weld‐
do
priv
c
ing and clamping can, in some cases, be omitted. Until the
um
for
adhesive sealant has cured, parts should be temporarily fixed

en
ng
t.
yi Co
in position with adhesive tape strips and spacers. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- has the yri
p by
o Vo
major advantage of being both an adhesive and a sealant.
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ The material is not suitable, or only conditionally suitable, for
the bonding of load-bearing joints.
Bonding properties
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- offers good
adhesion without glass or paint primer on primed or painted
metal bodywork, on wood (untreated, varnished or painted),
some plastics such as PBTP, polyurethane hard foam or fi‐
breglass-reinforced polyester.
♦ Depending on the substrate, it may be necessary to apply
glass or paint primer to achieve the best possible adhesion.
♦ Due to the large number of primers, paints and differing plastic
surfaces etc., we recommend conducting an application-spe‐
cific test beforehand.
♦ Careful cleaning of plastic and metal surfaces with a suitable
solvent often results in significantly better adhesion.
Note

served.
Application
Note
Areas of the body to be sealed and adhesion surfaces must be

isolated using 2-pack surfacer before the material is applied.

♦ The adhesion surfaces must be dry, free of oil, dust, grease

and any other impurities. Cleanser A, cleanser D and plastic
cleaner - D 195 850 A1- are all suitable for cleaning purposes.
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- is applied
from 310 mm cartridges using a hand cartridge gun or a pneu‐
matic cartridge gun. The 310 ml soft plastic cartridges can be
used with hand-cartridge gun - V.A.G 1628- or with pneumatic
cartridge gun - V.A.G 1761/1- . A pressure of 2 to 5 bar is
required for application with compressed air.
♦ Low sealant temperatures increase its viscosity, which results
in a lower spraying rate. To prevent this, the sealant should be
brought to the correct temperature in an appropriate manner
before beginning application.
♦ If the substrate is too cold, condensation can form if the tem‐
perature is lower than the dew point. This is to be avoided by
warming the substrate beforehand. AG. Volkswagen n AG do
ks wage es n
♦ After application, polyurethane adhesive ysealantVol - AKD 476 ot g
ua
KD5 05- can be smoothed with a jointing rised b
iron or a filling knife ran
tee
which has been moistened with low uthosurface-tension water. If or
the edges of the joint have beenss masked,
a simply pull off the ac
tape with a filling knife.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ Cleanser D is recommended for removing fresh adhesive

itte
y li
sealant from equipment.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
Overpainting properties
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Polyurethane adhesive sealant - AKD 476 KD5 05- can be
hole
spec
overpainted “wet-on-wet” with one-pack and two-pack alkyd
es, in part or in w
resin-acrylic-base repair paints as well as with all Genuine re‐
t to the co
pair paints.
♦ Nitrocellulose repair paint in an aerosol can and paint, paint
rrectness of i
thinner and catalysts containing alcohol are not compatible
with the adhesive sealant (no hardening).
l purpos
♦ Corrosion protection primers may be applied only to fully cured

material because they generally severely impede water va‐ nform
ercia
pour diffusion.
m
a
com
♦ If drying is accelerated by the use of a drying oven or an IR

ion in
radiant drier , a pre-reaction and waiting time of at least 30

r
te o
thi
minutes must be adhered to. Only then may the overpainted

s
iva
do
adhesive sealant be warmed. The maximum permitted heat

r
rp
exposure for uncured material is 1 hour at +90 ℃.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Incompatibility
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ Polyurethane adhesive bonding compound - AKD 476 KD5
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
05- will not adhere to sealants on MX polymer or silane-modi‐
c by lksw
cted agen
fied polymer basis. Prote AG.
♦ On the other hand, good adhesion will be achieved when ap‐

plying materials based on MS polymers or silane-modified
polymers to fully cured polyurethane adhesive bonding com‐
pound - AKD 476 KD5 05-
Technical data
Colour white, grey, black
Odour Aromatics (odourless when fully cured)
Consistency Paste, can be applied with brush or filling knife
Stability Levels out slightly on the surface
Skin formation 15-45 minutes at +23 °C and 50% relative hu‐
time (standard midity
climate condi‐
tions DIN
50014)

Curing rate approx. 5.5 mm/24 hours at +23 °C and 50%

(standard cli‐ relative humidity
mate condi‐
tions DIN
50014)
Volume Approx. -6%
change
perature n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Use tempera‐ -40 °C to +70 °C (at y V +80 °C, restricted to
olks ot g
ua
ture 24 hours; at +120ir se °C briefly, up to 1 hour)
d b ran
tee
tho
u or
3.15.2 Sprayable sealant ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
Designation:
du
an
itte
y li
erm
♦ Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- , grey
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD2 M2- , black
wit
, is n
h re
Issued 08.2012
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Product description
t to the co
Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- is a spray-
on sealant on MS polymer basis which, by absorbing atmospheric
rrectness of i
moisture, hardens into a rubbery, elastic material with good abra‐
sion resistance.
l purpos
The time required to form a skin or to cure completely depends

on the air humidity and the temperature. The curing time also de‐
nf
ercia
pends on the coat thickness.
orm
m
atio
Increasing the temperature and air humidity can reduce these
om
n in
times. Low temperatures and low air humidity, on the other hand,
or c
increase them. thi

te
sd
iva
o
r
Properties:
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
♦ Sealant and seam sealant in one

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
♦ High stability
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ Can be sprayed or brushed on
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ May be overpainted with conventional or waterborne paints for
up to 3 days after application
♦ Broad range of adhesion without glass or paint primer
♦ High initial stability
♦ May be spot welded
♦ Silicone free
♦ No strong odour
♦ Isocyanate free
♦ Fast complete drying
♦ UV resistant
♦ High resistance to ageing
♦ Sound-dampening properties
Application
♦ Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- is used
in automotive applications following repairs to seal seams
which are sealed during production, e.g. in the engine, lug‐
gage and passenger compartments. The Multipress telescop‐

ic gun or pneumatic cartridge gun - V.A.G 1761/1- can be used

to reach the required load-bearing seam.
♦ The material is also used as a surface coating to repair or
supplement PVC underseal or stone chip guard.
Pretreatment
♦ The adhesion surfaces must be dry, free of oil, dust, grease
and any other impurities. Cleanser FL is good for cleaning.
♦ Adhesion will be improved if the contact surfaces are slightly
roughened using an emory pad.
♦ If the material is not oversprayed before complete curing, then
procede with paint pretreatment as for plastic pretreatment.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b
Note rise
d ara
nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
served.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Application
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- in 310 ml
nform
ercia
cartridges can be applied only with the Multipress telescopic

gun or pneumatic cartridge gun - V.A.G 1761/1- . With these
m
a
com
t
applicators, it is possible to apply the material as a bead of
ion in
sealant or to spray it, using the dual-circuit air system.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
♦ The material may be sprayed as well as brushed on, so that
do
r
rp
c
both load-bearing seams and structures obtained by brush
um
fo
can be produced.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ New sealing seams may be overpainted after just 15-30 mi‐
C py
t. rig
gh
nutes.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
♦ With appropriate adjustements to the application equipment,
agen
Prote AG.
the operator can quickly and easily reproduce all structures as
specified by the manufacturer. The spraying distance can be
used to vary the width and limit of the seam. Refer to the op‐
erating instructions for details on adjusting and using the spray
gun.
♦ Cleanser FL is recommended for removing fresh sealant from
equipment. Cured material can be removed only mechanical‐
ly.
Overpainting properties
♦ After a skin has formed, sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- /
-D 476 KD2 M2- can be overpainted with 1-pack and 2-pack
repair paints, including alcohol-based paints.
♦ Early overpainting does not prevent curing but does delay it.
Do not wait longer than 3 days before overpainting.
♦ Phospate and epoxy resin primers are especially suitable as
anti-corrosion primers before sealing or coating. It is important
that the primer is dry before anything is applied over it.

♦ If, following accident repairs, the areas of the body to be pain‐

ted must be treated with a surfacer, a primer surfacer or spray
filler, these materials must be coated with sprayable sealant -
D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- before further sealing or
coating.
♦ If additional filler must be applied after the sprayable sealant
- D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- has been further sealed or
coated, the sprayable sealant must be at least 6 hours old, and
the filler must be suitable for coating plastics.
Incompatibility
♦ Sprayable sealant - D 476 KD1 M2- / -D 476 KD2 M2- is not
compatible with fresh 1-pack polyurethane material. Polyur‐
ethane products must be solidified before being oversprayedwagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
with sealant. olks not
yV gu b ara
ed nte
♦ The material must not be treated with aromatic solvent
tho
ris sys‐ e or
tems. This may cause the sealant to partially dissolve
sa
u or swell. ac
s
ce
Technical data le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Colour Grey, black
rm
ab
pe
ility
Odour Barely perceptible
ot
wit
, is n
Consistency pastos
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Stability Excellent
t to the co
Curing type Moisture curing
Skin formation 8-20 minutes at +23 °C and 50% relative hu‐
rrectness of i
time (standard midity
climate condi‐
l purpos
tions DIN
50014)
nform
ercia
Curing rate Approx. 4 mm/24 hours and 6 mm/48 hours at

m
(standard cli‐ +23 °C and 50% relative humidity
a
com
tio
mate condi‐
n in
r
tions DIN
te o
thi
50014)
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
Shore A hard‐ approx. 65
um
fo
en
g
ness
n
t.
yi Co
op
Overpainting May be overpainted after 20 minutes with 1-
C py
t. rig
gh
compatibilitypack or 2-pack paints
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Adhesive Raw sheet metal, galvanised metal, EC paint, cted agen
Prote AG.
properties top coat, metallic paint, PVC underseal, GFK,
PP/EPDM (testing recommended)
Chemical re‐ Resistant to light and weather, softening agents
sistance of PVC softeners and, briefly, fuel
perature
Use tempera‐ -40 ℃ to +90 ℃ (+130 ℃ briefly up to 1 hour)
ture

Storage
The material is not sensitive to freezing.
sealed original containers at +10 °C to +25 °C.
3.15.3 Adhesive sealant

Designation:
♦ Adhesive sealer - D 511 500 A2- , grey
♦ Adhesive sealer - D 511 510 A2- , black
Issued 04.2009
Product description
Adhesive sealant - D 511 500 A2- / -D 511 510 A2- is used in
vehicle repair to protect the bodywork repairs against corrosion
and also as a fast-hardening sealant for all visible and invisible
joints and dents and also to patch PVC sealing welds.
Adhesive sealant is highly suitable as for preventing
n AG. Volkswcorrosion
agen AG
between spot welded flanges wage does
olks not
yV gu
db ara
Properties: rise nte
tho eo
♦ Strongly adhesive to bare, primed and painted metal, galvan‐ au ra
c
ss
ised surfaces, aluminium, wood, glass and all plastics com‐
ce
le
un
pt
monly used in vehicles.

an
d
itte
y li
♦ May be overpainted immediately

rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
♦ May be dried with an IR radiant drier

wit
, is n
h re
♦ Dries quickly under paint

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ May be welded or spot-welded through

t to the co
♦ Does not form bubbles

♦ No contact corrosion on zink or aluminium
rrectness of i
♦ Excellent corrosion protection

l purpos
♦ Solvent-free and contains no isocyanate or PVC

nform
ercia
♦ Excellent UV and ageing resistance

m

com
tion in
r
Application
te o
thi
s
iva
do
♦ Adhesive sealant - D 511 500 A2- / -D 511 510 A2- is used to

r
rp
cum
seal seams following accident repairs to vehicles.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Pretreatment ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
♦ The adhesion surfaces must be dry, free of oil, dust, grease py by
co Vo
and any other impurities.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Adhesion will be improved if the contact surfaces are slightly
roughened using an emory pad.

Note

served.
Application
Note

♦ Adhesive sealant - D 511 500 A2- / -D 511 510 A2- may be

applied to seams and joints using pneumatic cartridge gun -
V.A.G 1761/1- or hand cartridge gun - V.A.G 1628- . Then,
depending on appearance, leave as sealant bead or smooth
it with a brush or filling knife (this must be done before a skin
forms, in less than 10 minutes). After a skin has formed, the
material can still be smoothed further with a moist filling knife.
♦ Adhesive sealant may be overpainted with all repair paints.
Overpainting must ensue within 48 hours of the sealant being
applied. Drying the paint with an IR radiant dryer does not hin‐
der the curing of the sealant.
♦ If adhesive sealant is to be used in conjunction with spot weld‐
ing, apply a bead of sealant (2-3 mm diameter) to the flange
before setting repair part in place. The repair part must be spot
welded before skin formation begins (< 10 minutes).
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ The material may beolkspot
swa welded within 30 minutes.
g does
not After
welding, sealant
ed bthat has escaped can be smoothed.
y V gu
ara
is nte
or
Incompatibility
au
th eo
ra
ss c
♦ Never apply sealants on MS polymer or silane-modified poly‐
ce
le
un
pt
mer basis to uncured polyurethane adhesive sealants. The

an
d
itte
curing of the polyurethane adhesive sealant will be hindered,

y li
erm
ab
or will not be complete.

ility
ot p
♦ On the othe hand, the adhesion of fresh, sprayable sealants

wit
is n
h re
on MS polymer or silane-modified polymer basis to fully cured

ole,
polyurethane adhesive sealant is good.

spec
Technical data
t to the co
Colour Grey, black

rrectne
Base Silane-modified polymer (SMP)

Volume differ‐ -3%
s
ence after
s o
cial p
hardening
f inform
Skin formation Approx. 20 minutes

mer
atio
m
Not sticky 4 hours at +20 ℃

o
n
c
i
or
Curing rate 3-4 mm/4 hours at +20 °C

thi
te
sd
a
Solvent con‐ 0%
iv
o
pr
tent
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
Isocyanate 0%
yi Co
op
content
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Temperature -40 ℃ to +120 ℃ (+180 ℃ briefly up to 30 mi‐
cop Vo
by lksw
resistance nutes) cted agen
Prote AG.


perature
UV and Excellent
weather re‐
sistance
Storage
sealed original containers at +5 ℃ to +30 ℃.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
3.16 Cleaning agents ut ra
s a c
s
ce
e
⇒ “3.16.1 Silicone remover”, page 272

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “3.16.2 Cleaner for plastics”, page 274
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.16.3 Cleaner for plastics, antistatic”, page 275
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “3.16.4 Industrial dirt remover”, page 275
hole
3.16.1 Silicone remover spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Designation:
♦ Aqueous silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5-
rrectness of i
♦ Silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5-

l purpos
♦ Slow-drying silicone remover - LVM 020 100 A5-

nf
ercia
Issued 02.2012
orm
m
atio
m
Product description - silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5-

o
n in
or c
The silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5- is an aqueous cleaner

thi
te
sd
with no special labelling requirements, containing a small propor‐

iva
o
r
tion of organic solvents and special cleaning additives.

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
Product description - silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- and op
yi Co
slow-drying silicone remover - LVM 020 100 A5-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Silicone remover - LVM 020 000 A5- is a quick-evaporating mix‐ cop Vo
by lksw
ture. Slow-drying silicone remover - LVM 020 100 A5- is a mixture
cted agen
Prote AG.
of slow-evaporating organic solvents. Both are used primarily to
remove oil and grease residues.
Application
♦ The above-named silicone removers are used for cleaning
sanded old or factory finishes, and surfaces coated with primer
and surfacer which has been subsequently sanded, before
these are treated further.
Application
♦ Apply silicone remover using a spray bottle or a clean non-
woven cloth.
♦ Dry the surface with a dry non-woven cloth before the silicone
remover evaporates.

♦ Allow cleaned surfaces to dry completely or blow dry before

recoating.
Note
♦ Allow cleaned surface to dry completely before recoating.

♦ Do not allow silicone remover to dry on the surface.
♦ The product is not suitable for cleaning spray guns or tools.
♦ Always use a clean cloth, and be sure to renew it early enough
if dirty or worn out.
♦ Heavily soiled parts must be cleaned twice.
♦ Silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5- is not suitable for remov‐
ing release agent residues from UP-GF or other plastic surfa‐
ces.

Technical data - silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5-
VOC value: The EU limit value for this product (product cat‐
(a)(200)200 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
content of this aproduct
n AG. Vin
olkready-to-spray
swagen AG
does form is
max. 200Vg/l. lksw ge not
o g
by ua
ed ran
Technical data - silicone
tho
ris remover - LVM 020 000 A5- tee
or
au ac
Flash point: ssAbove +4 ℃
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm
ab

pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
max. 750 g/l.

h re
hole
spec
Technical data - slow-drying silicone remover - LVM 020 100 A5-

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Flash point: Above +26 ℃

rrectness of i

l purpos

max. 770 g/l.
nform
ercia
Storage
m
a
com
tio

n in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.16.2 Cleaner for plastics

Designation:
♦ Cleaner for plastics - D 195 850 A1-
Issued 04.2009
Product description
The cleaner for plastics - D 195 850 A1- is a liquid universal
cleaner and thinner/reducer based on aromate-free benzines with
a low n-hexane content. This product contains no chlorinated hy‐
drocarbons, and does not corrode paint when used briefly.
Application
♦ The cleaner for plastics - D 195 850 A1- is mostly used to de‐
grease and clean substrates prior to application of adhesives
or sealants.
♦ Thorough cleaning of the surfaces to be bonded is essential
for proper adhesion, with particular emphasis on removing
dust, oil and grease.
♦ Depending on the base material of the products listed above,
the cleaner may also be used to remove impurities, protruding
excess material or underseals.
♦ In many applications, the cleaner for plastics - D 195 850 . VA1-
olkswagen AG
can also be used as a thinner/reducer for certain gen AG
adhesives,
wa does
lks not
sealants and coating compounds. Note that d by Vthese products
o gu
ara
are not usually diluted for application. oDilution
ris
e with thinner/re‐ nte
ducer is indicated only for certain procedures
auth requiring a thin‐ eo
ra
ner consistency. ss c
ce
e
nl
Application pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

served.
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ The cleaner for plastics - D 195 850 A1- is applied either with
a brush or a non-woven cleaning cloth, depending on the de‐
gree of soiling and the size/shape of the parts being cleaned.
nform
ercia
♦ To prevent the contents of the original container from being

m
at
om
soiled, the cleaner should either be poured onto the cleaning

ion
c
cloth (do not hold the cloth against the container's mouth and
in t
or
then pour), or the required amount should be transferred to

his
ate
do
riv
another container (tin can, etc.).

p
cum
for
♦ Pour out only the amount required for cleaning, then close the
en
ng
t.
yi
original container immediately.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ The cleaned surfaces should be allowed to dry completely
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
(depending on circumstances 2 - 10 minues) before the ad‐
c by lksw
cted agen
hesive or sealant is applied. Prote AG.
♦ While application of compressed air can accelerate the drying

process, under unfavourable conditions oil in the pneumatic
lines might destroy the results of the cleaning process.
♦ If the substrate has an open-pore texture, at least 30 minutes
should be allowed to elapse after cleaning. When cleaning re‐
sidual material from sections that have been cut for removal

(e.g. when installing permanently located glass panes, etc.)

always observe the application instructions for the corre‐
sponding materials.
Data
Colour Water-bright, transparent
Odour Petrol
3.16.3 Cleaner for plastics, antistatic

Designation:
♦ Cleaner for plastics, antistatic - LVM 001 001 A2-
Note
Information on preparing and applying the cleaner for plastics,

antistatic - LVM 001 001 A2- may be found in the documentation
for the respective base material.
Possible base materials:

♦ ⇒ “3.5.1 Adhesion promoter (transparent)”, page 88
♦ ⇒ “3.6.5 2-pack plastic adhesion surfacer”, page 124
3.16.4 Industrial dirt remover

Designation:
♦ Industrial dirt remover - ABS 600 000 10-
Issued 05.2004
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Product description agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
The industrial dirt remover - ABSo600 ris 000 10- is used for the re‐
ed
nte
moval of surface rust (metal dust)
aut from the vehicle body. The
h eo
ra
product is applied undiluted. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Caution
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The product contains organic and inorganic acids.

wit
is n
h re
Be sure to always wear protective gloves and goggles when

ole,
spec
working with the product!

t to the co

rrectnes
Note
s o
cial p
f in

form
mer

atio
om

n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
a
served.
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Application:
t.
yi Co
Cop py
When using the industrial dirt remover, observe the following:
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ Neither the temperature of the cleaner nor that of the vehicle
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
body must exceed 25 °C (do not expose the cleaner nor the
AG.
vehicle to direct sunlight).

♦ Apply product to clean vehicle body (after car wash) using

brush or sponge. Allow for a reaction time of approx. 10 mi‐
nutes (the reaction time must not be exceeded to avoid dam‐
age to paintwork or plastic parts). Do not allow the product to
dry on the surface.
♦ Rinse off vehicle body with plenty of water, then wash vehicle.
♦ Repeat the cleaning procedure if the vehicle is still not clean
after the cleaner has been applied once.
Data
Chemical Highly effective cleaning combination of organic
composition and inorganic acids, surfactants and water.
Colour Transparent/clear, colourless fluid
pH value 1
Density at 15 ° EN ISO 12185 1.076 ± 0.015 g/ml
C
Storage
The guaranteed shelf life is 36 months from date of production. If
stored in sealed original container at +15 ℃ to +30 ℃, the product
must be processed at the latest by the end of the date stated on
the label.
3.17 SprayMax System AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
⇒ “3.17.1 1-pack anti-corrosion primer”, page 276 d by V gu
ara
rise nte
⇒ “3.17.2 1-pack test paint”, page 280 utho eo
ra
s a c
⇒ “3.17.3 1-pack clear coat”, page 282 s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “3.17.4 1-pack wash primer”, page 284 an

itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “3.17.5 1-pack fill clean spray can LLS MAX 099 , LLS MAX
ility
ot p
100 , Aquaplus system”, page 288

wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “3.17.6 1-pack fill clean spray can LLS MAX 112 , Aqua Pre‐
hole
spec
mium system”, page 294

es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “3.17.7 2-pack surfacer”, page 300

⇒ “3.17.8 2-pack clear coat”, page 307
rrectness of i
⇒ “3.17.9 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer”, page 311

l purpos

⇒ “3.17.11 Silicone remover LLS MAX 007 ”, page 321
nform
ercia
⇒ “3.17.12 Slow-drying silicone remover LLS MAX 008 ”,

m
at
page 323
om
ion
c
in t
r
⇒ “3.17.13 Blender”, page 325

o
his
ate
do
riv
⇒ “3.17.14 Adhesion promoter”, page 327

p
cum
for
en
g
3.17.1 1-pack anti-corrosion primer

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Designation:
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ 1-pack anti-corrosion primer - LLS MAX 003 M2- , red brown cted agen
Prote AG.

gen AG
. VoPaint
lkswage-nEdition
AG d 11.2015
wa oes
olks not
yV gu
Issued 03.2013 ed
b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
Product description au
t ra
c
ss
The 1-pack anti-corrosion primer - LLS MAX 003 M2- is a zinc
ce
e
nl
pt
du
chromate-free single-pack product from the PVB system.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
The product can be used as a wash primer on all commonly found
ility
ot p
metallic substrates.
wit
, is n
h re
Protective garments and equipment in accordance with work
hole
safety regulations must be worn.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Properties:
♦ Good corrosion protection.
rrectness of i
♦ Easy to handle (one-pack product).
Technical data sheet l purpos
Substrate
nform
ercia
m
at
om
io
♦ Bare sheet steel, sanded
n
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
thermoplastic paint) t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
♦ Genuine replacement part primer, sanded yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
finely sanded
Note


– Lightly sand old or factory paintwork.

– Completely remove any rust spots and sand feather edges to
old paint.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
Application
or
thi
te
sd
a
Application:
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
– Vigorously shake can for at least 2 minutes.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Apply in 2 spray passes with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-
off time.
Spraying distance:
– Maintain a distance of 20-25 cm.
Note
If spray work must be interrupted, ensure that the nozzle is

cleared to avoid clogging by inverting the can and spraying until
the valve is empty.

Drying
Flash-off time is 10 to 20 minutes at an ambient temperature of
+20 °C.
Recoating
Recoat with:
swage es n
♦ 2-pack HS surfacer (see relevant data sheet) byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
♦ 2-pack HS top coats tho tee
or
au ac
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack HS clear coatss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Note
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
♦ Do not recoat with polyester or epoxy products.
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Do not use on thermoplastic paint.
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Do not overpaint directly with waterborne base coat.
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

nform
ercia
Observe safety information sheets as well as warnings on the

m
label of the spray can.
a
com
tion in
Shake again briefly before spraying each coat.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
After fully emptying the spray can, dispose of as recycling ma‐

do
r
rp
terial cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Data gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
VOC con‐ The EU limit value for this product (product cate‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
tent: gory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form is max. 840 g/l
2004/42/IIB of volatile organic compounds. The VOC content
(e)(840)690 of this product in ready-to-spray form is max. 690
g/l.

Storage
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
3.17.2 1-pack test paint orised ara
nte
eo
h
ut ra
Designation: ss a c
ce
e
nl
♦ 1-pack test paint - LLS MAX 005- , black
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Issued 10.2008
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Product description
wit
, is n
h re
The 1-pack test paint - LLS MAX 005- is a one-pack product
hole
spec
based on special NC resin combinations.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Properties:
rrectness of i
♦ Fast-drying
l purpos
♦ High coverage.
♦ Good hiding power.
nf
ercia
or
♦ Evenly distributed application.
m
m
atio
om
♦ Easy to sand.
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Application
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Detection of surface roughness in primer and surfacer substrates.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Substrate
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ All primers, unsanded.

♦ All surfacers, unsanded.
– Thoroughly clean with silicone remover - LLS MAX 007- or
slow-drying silicone remover - LLS MAX 0008- .

Application
♦ Protective gloves (e.g. latex or nitrile).
♦ Respirator mask, e.g. of type A2/P2.
Application:
– Shake can well for at least 2 minutes, then perform one brief
“test spray”.

– Apply in one misted, thin, evenly distributed spray pass.
– Recommended dry film thickness is 15 µm.
Spraying distance:
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oe
If spray work mustyV
olks be interrupted, ensure that
w s no the nozzle is
t gu
cleared toisavoid
ed b clogging by inverting the can and araspraying until
nte
the valve
ut
hor
is empty. eo
a ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Drying
an
d
itte
y li
Flash-off time is 10 minutes at an ambient temperature of +20 °

erm
ab
ility
C. This product is suitable for infrared drying.

ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Caution
spec
t to the co

rrectne

s

s o
cial p
f i

nform
terial
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
Data
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
Solids con‐ Approx. 16 %.

cum
r
fo
tent
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Coverage approx. 0.5 m² per spray can for dry film thickness
C py
t. rig
of 30 to 40 μm.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
Note This product is for the professional painting of ve‐
lksw
cted agen
Prote
hicles only.
AG.
VOC value The EU limit value for this product (product cate‐
gory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray form is max. 650 to
693 g/l of volatile organic compounds. The VOC
max. 260 to 277 g per spray can.

lkswage es n
o o t gu
yV
db ara
Storage ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
The guaranteed shelf life is 60 monthsssfrom date of
production. c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
3.17.3 1-pack clear coat
l purpos
Designation:
nf
ercia
o
♦ 1-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 010-
rm
m
atio
m
Issued 10.2008
o
n in
or c
Product description
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
The 1-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 010- is a one-pack product. The
rp
cu
o
m
raw material basis is acrylic resins.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Properties: C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Easy to handle (one-pack product). cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Fast-drying
AG.
♦ High gloss.
♦ Universally applicable.
♦ Easy to polish.
Application
Spot repairs and partial refinishes.
Substrate
♦ Solvent-based or waterborne base coats.
♦ After a flash-off period of 30 minutes, the base coat can be
recoated with 1-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 010- .
– Substrate must be free of dust and grease.

Application
♦ Respirator mask, e.g. of type A2/P2.
Application:
– Shake can well for at least 2 minutes, then perform one brief
“test spray”.

– Apply in 2-3 spray coats with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-
off time.
Spraying distance:
– Maintain a distance ofen20-25
AG. Volcm.
kswagen AG
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
Note tho
ris eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt

du
an
itte
the valve is empty.

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Drying
h re
hole
spec
Air drying at ambient temperature of +20 ℃:

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Dust dry in 10 minutes.

♦ Dry to handle in 20 minutes.
rrectness of i
♦ Dry to polish in 12 hours.

l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

This product is suitable fot infrared drying. The final flash-off time
with infrared drying (short wave) is 7 minutes.
Finishing
– After a flash-off period of 12 hours at an ambient temperature
of +20 °C, the 1-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 010- can be pol‐
ished using a commercially available polish.
Caution

terial
Data
Solids con‐ 20 % by weight
tent
Coverage approx. 0.5 to 0.75 m² per spray for dry film thick‐
ness of 30 to 40 μm.
Degree of 90 GU (60-degree glossmeter)
gloss
Note This product is for the professional painting of ve‐
hicles only.
VOC con‐ The EU limit value for this product (product cate‐
tent: gory IIB.b) in ready-to-spray AG. Voform
lkswagis
enmax.
AG do
629 g/l
of volatile organic sw agen
compounds. The VOC econtent
s no
lk
of this product Vo
by in ready-to-spray form is max. guar
t
d
252 g peror spray can.
ise an
tee
th or
au ac
ss
Storage
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
Designation:
m
a
com
tion in
♦ 1-pack wash primer - LLS MAX 106 M2- , light grey

r
te o
thi
♦ 1-pack wash primer - LLS MAX 107 M2- , dark grey

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Issued 03.2013
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Product description t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
1-pack wash primer - LLS MAX 106/107 M2- is a zinc chromate- pyri by
Vo
co
free single-pack product from the PVB system.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

The product can be used as a wash primer on all commonly found

metallic substrates.
Properties:
♦ Good corrosion protection.
♦ Available in two shades of grey.
Substrate
finely sanded
Note
Owing to the wide variety of metal alloys genand

AG. manufacturing
Volkswagen AG pro‐
d
cesses, it is essential to carry outVoalkpreliminary
swa test on the oes not g
respective substrate to ensure ed that the pretreatment is sufficient
b y ua
ran
thoris tee
o
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
old paint.
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Application
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Application: olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
e
– Vigorously shake can forhorisat least 2 minutes. nte
eo
ut ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
off time. rrectne
When used as wash primer:
ss o
cial p

inform
off time.
mer
atio
Spraying distance:
om
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Isolation of small sand-through spots (max. 5.0 cm in diameter):

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Note cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Waterborne base coats or 2-pack HS top coats may only be
applied over 1-pack wash primer (either wet-on-wet or with
intermediate sanding) if the diameter of the treated sand-
through spot does not exceed 5.0 cm. Application can be
performed in 1 to 3 spray passes. Dry film thickness: 10 to
40 μm.
♦ If spray work must be interrupted, ensure that the nozzle is
cleared to avoid clogging by inverting the can and spraying
until the valve is empty.

Drying
Flash-off time is 10 to 20 minutes at an ambient temperature of
+20 °C. The material is dry to polish after 45 to 60 minutes.
Recoat with:
♦ 2-pack acrylic surfacer, after 10 to 15 minutes.
♦ 2-pack HS top coat, after 10 to 15 minutes (only for small sand-
through spots).
♦ Waterborne base coat, after 20 to 30 minutes (only for small
sand-through spots).
Recoating
1. - When used as wash primer, the product can be recoated with
2-pack HS surfacer.
2. - When used as a wash primer for isolating small sand-through
spots:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or
– Wet-sand with P800 to P1000asandpaper.
ut
h eo
ra
ss c
Recoat with:
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ 2-pack HS top coat (only for small bare-metal spots).
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack HS clear coat (only for small
ility
ot p
bare-metal spots).
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Do not recoat with polyester or epoxy products.

rrectness of i
♦ Cannot be dry sanded.

l purpos
nf
ercia
Caution
rm
m
atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Shake again briefly before spraying each coat. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
After fully emptying the spray can, dispose of as recycling ma‐ p by
o Vo
by c
terial
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Data
g/l.

Storage
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
3.17.5 1-pack fill clean spray can - LLS MAX
d ran
ir se tee
tho
099- , -LLS MAX 100- , Aquaplus system u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
Designation:
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ 1-pack FillClean spray can - LLS MAX 099- , 250 ml for wa‐
erm
ab
terborne mixing paint “Aquaplus system”
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ 1-pack FillClean spray can - LLS MAX 100- , 400 ml for wa‐
h re
terborne mixing paint “Aquaplus system”
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Issue 09.2013
t to the co
Product description
The product is an aerosol can, pre-filled with solvents and pro‐
rrectness of i
pellant, and especially designed for use with the “Aquaplus Sys‐
l purpos
tem” and the “Aqua Premium system”.

For filling the aerosol can, only the special FillClean equipment nf
ercia
may be used.
orm
m
Field of application: Clever Repair only.

atio
om
n in
c
Usage notes
or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
The aerosol can does not contain any paint when delivered. It is t. C rig
gh ht
a semi-finished product. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
The ready-to-use end product is produced through filling the pre- Prote AG.
filled aerosol can with 100 ml of undiluted Aquaplus or Aqua
Premium basecoat using the special FillClean equipment.
The ready-to-use (filled with paint) aerosol must always be label‐
led accordingly, prior to further use. For this purpose, a special
label indicating the respective colour, generated and printed by
the tinting system, can be used.
It is essential to ensure that all the data given in the example be‐
low is present on this label.
♦ The content of 316 ml (0.32 l) declarated on the label refers to
the final product (after filling with paint).
♦ The aerosol can, pre-filled with 216 ml propellant and solvents,
is filled with additional 100 ml Aquaplus or Aqua Premium
basecoat, incl. additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200- or

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Amarok 2011rise ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy
d b ara
nte 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
autho
General information,e o Paint - Edition 11.2015
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Note
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Protective garments and equipment in accordance with work
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Set up the FillClean equipment in a well ventilated room.
t to the co
♦ The maximum capacity of the aerosol can must not be excee‐
ded when filling. Risk of explosion!
♦ No poisonous carcinogenic substances or halocarbons must
rrectne
be used for filling the aerosol cans.
♦ Warning: electrostatic discharge! Only use a damp cloth for
ss o
cleaning of plastic parts.
cial p
f inform
♦ Any repairs must be performed by a qualified technician.
mer
atio
m
♦ Paint residues must be removed from the machine at regular

o
n
c
intervals. Use a cloth and an appropriate solvent for this pur‐
i
or
n thi
pose.
te
sd
iva
o
pr
c
♦ The pressure supply line must be checked at regular intervals.
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
FillClean filling process C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Observe the operating instructions of the filling equipment. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Put filling pad on indenter.
AG.
– Fit FillClean filling cylinder onto spray can.

– Fit and push down the FillClean cap.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Fill the aerosol can with paint.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e
– Set FillClean can and filled cylinder into upper groove -1- of
t
sd
iva
the FillClean machine. o

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Note C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
When the FillClean can is inserted into the upper groove -1-, the
c by lksw
cted agen
lower rotating plate -2- must first be positioned at the very bottom.
Prote AG.
As soon as the FillClean can has been inserted into the upper
groove -1-, turn the rotating plate -2- upwards to use it as a coun‐
terhold.
– Push the button to the right to trigger filling. Wait approx. 10

seconds.

– After filling, remove filling cylinder -2- from FillClean can.

– Remove FillClean cap -1- from filling cylinder -2-.
– Fit spray nozzle -3- onto FillClean can.
– Leave the pad in the cap to indicate the filled colour tone.
– The FillClean can is now ready to use.
Substrate
♦ 2-pack plastic adhesion surfacer - LKF 696 009 A2- / -LKF 696
040 A2-
♦ For plastic surfaces, refer to 2).
Substrate pre-treatment: agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Thoroughly clean factory or old paintwork and/or 2-packd bHS yV gu
ara
surfacer using silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5- . Ifoseverely
ris
e nte
eo
h
soiled, pre-clean with slow-drying silicone removerau-t LVM 020 ra
c
100 A5- . ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Dry sand using orbital sander (P400 to P500 grade) and dust
collector.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Wet-sand with P800 to P1000-grain sandpaper.
– Before recoating the sanded substrates, thoroughly clean

them of dust, sanding residue and other dirt using silicone re‐
mover - LSW 019 000 A5- .
2) Special notes:
♦ Wipe off any excess silicone remover with a lint-free cloth,

leaving no streaks. Observe technical data sheet
⇒ “3.16.1 Silicone remover”, page 272 .
♦ Areas sanded to bare metal must be primed with 1-pack wash
primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- .
♦ Bare metal spots must not be larger than 5.0 cm in diameter.
♦ If 2-pack HS surfacer is used, bare metal spots must be primed
using 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack wash
primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- .
♦ It is recommended to test the colour tone on a spray sample
prior to application.
Application
Application:
– Shake aerosol well (at least 2 minutes) to ensure proper mix‐
. Volkswagen AG
ing. swa
gen AG does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
Spraying distance:
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
292
co Vo
by lksw
Rep. gr.00 - Technical data cted agen
Prote AG.
– Apply in 2 spray passes (1 normal coat followed by 1 finish

coat) with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-off time.
Note
♦ With low opacity colours, it may be necessary to apply an ad‐

ditional spray cote (wet-on-wet).
♦ As an alternative, wait until the paint film appears matt prior to
the application of the additional spray coat.
♦ To prevent clogging of the nozzle, after each use (or any in‐
terruption of the spray operation), hold the can upside down
and press the spray button until the material flow stops (i.e.
until the valve is empty).
Drying
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Flash-off time is 15 to 30 minutes at an ambient
olks temperature of
w oes
not
yV gu
+20 °C. Important note: Observe flash-off ed time (coated surface
b ara
nte
must appear matt). ris
tho eo
au ra
Recoat with: ss c
ce
le
un
pt
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat (see relevant data sheet).
an
d
itte
y li
rm
♦ 2-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 210- (also recoatable with other
ab
pe
ility
2-pack HS clear coats).
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Caution
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
After filling the can, shake it for approx 2 minutes.

Before applying, shake can for approx 2 minutes. nform
mercia

a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
terial
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
Data
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
g/l.

Storage
The guaranteed shelf life of pre-filled aerosol (without paint) is 24
months.
After filling with paint, the shelf life of the aerosol is 4 weeks.
3.17.6 1-pack fill clean spray can - LLS MAX

112- , Aqua Premium system
♦ 1-pack fill clean spray can - LLS MAX 112- , 400 ml for water-
based mixing paint “Aquaplus premium system”
Issue 05.2014
Product description
en AG . Volkswag
The product is an aerosol ksw
acan,
gen Apre-filled
G
with solvents
does
not
and pro‐
pellant, and especially
by V designed for use with the “Aquaplus
ol
guara
Sys‐
tem” and the “Aqua
ris
ed Premium system”. nte
tho eo
For filling the
ss
au aerosol can, only the special FillClean equipment
ra
c
may be used.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Field of application: Clever Repair only.

itte
y li
erm
ab
Usage notes
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
The aerosol can does not contain any paint when delivered. It is
a semi-finished product.
The ready-to-use end product is produced through filling the pre-
rrectness of i
filled aerosol can with 100 ml of undiluted Aquaplus or Aqua

l purpos
Premium basecoat using the special FillClean equipment.

The ready-to-use (filled with paint) aerosol must always be label‐
nform
ercia
led accordingly, prior to further use. For this purpose, a special

label indicating the respective colour, generated and printed by
m
at
the tinting system, can be used.

om
ion
c
in t
r
It is essential to ensure that all the data given in the example be‐
o
his
te
low is present on this label.

a
do
priv
cum
or
Indicating content and and pre-filling

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ The content of 316 ml (0.32 l) declarated on the label refers to Cop py
t. rig
the final product (after filling with paint). opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c
♦ The aerosol can, pre-filled with 294 ml propellant and solvents,
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
is filled with additional 100 ml of ready-to-use Aqua Premium
AG.
basecoat, incl. additive for Aqua Premium - LVM 035 200- or


Note

♦ Set up the FillClean equipment in a well ventilated room.
♦ The maximum capacity of the aerosol can must not be excee‐
ded when filling. Risk of explosion!
♦ No poisonous carcinogenic substances or halocarbons must
be used for filling the aerosol cans.
♦ Warning: electrostatic discharge! Only use a damp cloth for
cleaning of plastic parts.
♦ Any repairs must be performed by a qualified technician.
♦ Paint residues must be removed from the machine at regular
intervals. Use a cloth and an appropriate solvent for this pur‐
pose.
♦ The pressure supply line must be checked at regular intervals.
Mixing instructions for “Aqua Premium system”

Mixing Plastic containers or tinplate containers with inner
contain‐ coating
ers:
AG. Volkswagen
AG do
Sieves: Waterproof-glued
ksw
agen or waterproof 125
es nμm strainers
Vol ot g
Additive: Additive
e d by
for Aqua-Premium - LVM 035 200/300/301-
ua
ran
oris normal or high temperatures and low humidity
(at tee
th or
ss
au
depending on size of object) ac
Pot life: Should be processed within 24 hours after adding the

ce
le
un
pt
additive for Aqua-Premium LVM 035 200/301, if pos‐

an
d
itte
y li
sible.
rm
ab
pe
ility
Additive 20 % Additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035

ot
wit
at 20 ℃ 200/300/301-
, is n
h re
material
hole
spec
tempera‐
es, in part or in w
ture:
t to the co
Special Recommendation for solid colours: for optimum ap‐

notes: plication behaviour it is recommended to always use
rrectness of i
FillClean filling process

l purpos
Observe the operating instructions of the filling equipment.

nform
ercia
– Put filling pad on indenter.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fit FillClean filling cylinder onto spray can.
– Fit and push down the FillClean cap.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Fill with paint.
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
– Set FillClean can and filled cylinder into upper groove -1- of
pr
cum
r
fo
the FillClean machine.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Note pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
When the FillClean can is inserted into the upper groove -1-, the
lower rotating plate -2- must first be positioned at the very bottom.
As soon as the FillClean can has been inserted into the upper
groove -1-, turn the rotating plate -2- upwards to use it as a coun‐
terhold.

– Push the button to the right to trigger filling. Wait approx. 10

seconds.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
– After filling, remove filling cylinder -2- from FillClean can.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Remove FillClean cap -1- from filling cylinder -2-.
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Fit spray nozzle -3- onto FillClean can.
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Leave the pad in the cap to indicate the filled colour tone.
nform
ercia
– The FillClean can is now ready to use.

m
at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
e
Substrate
at
do
priv
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ 2-pack plastic adhesion surfacer - LKF 696 009 A2- / -LKF 696
040 A2-
♦ For plastic surfaces, refer to 3).
– Thoroughly clean factory or old paintwork and/or 2-pack HS
surfacer using silicone remover - LSW 019 000 A5- . If severely
soiled, pre-clean with slow-drying silicone remover - LVM 020
100 A5- .

– Dry-sand using orbital sander with P500-grain sandpaper and

dust collector.
– Wet-sand with P800 to P1000-grain sandpaper.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Before recoating the sanded substrates, thoroughly clean
them of dust, sanding residue and other dirt using silicone re‐
t to the co
mover - LSW 019 000 A5- .
3) Special notes:
rrectne
♦ Wipe off any excess silicone remover with a lint-free cloth,
leaving no streaks. Observe technical data sheet
s
⇒ “3.16.1 Silicone remover”, page 272 .
s o
cial p
f in
♦ Areas sanded to bare metal must be primed with 1-pack wash
form
mer
primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- .
atio
m
♦ Bare metal spots must not be larger than 5.0 cm in diameter.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
♦ If 2-pack HS surfacer is used, bare metal spots must be primed
te
sd
va
using 2-pack wash primer - LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack wash
i
o
pr
cum
primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / -LVM 044 171 A2- .

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ It is recommended to test the colour tone on a spray sample
Co
Cop py
prior to application. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Application
agen
Prote AG.
Application:
– Shake aerosol well (at least 2 minutes) to ensure proper mix‐
ing.


Spraying distance:
– Apply in 2 spray passes (1 normal coat followed by 1 finish

coat) with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-off time.
– The specified thickness for the dry film is approx. 15 to 20 µm.
Note
♦ With low opacity colours, it may be necessary to apply an ad‐

ditional spray cote (wet-on-wet).
♦ As an alternative, wait until the paint film appears matt prior to
the application of the additional spray coat.
♦ To prevent clogging of the nozzle, after each use (or any in‐
terruption of the spray operation), hold the can upside down
and press the spray button until the material flow stops (i.e.
until the valve is empty).
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Drying /reworking
The drying time/flash-off time for clear coat application is 15 to
30 minutes at +20°C. Important note: Observe flash-off time
(coated surface must appear matt).
Recoat with:
♦ 2-pack HS clear coat (see relevant data sheet).
♦ 2-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 210- (also recoatable with other
2-pack HS clear coats).
Caution

After filling the can, shake it for approx 2 minutes.
Before applying, shake can for approx 2 minutes.
G. Volkswage
After fully emptying the
l
spray
ksw
agen can, disposeAof
A n Gd
as
oesrecycling ma‐
not
terial db
y Vo gu
a
e ran
ris tee
utho or
a ac
Data ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

rm
ab

pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
g/l.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Storage
t to the co
The guaranteed shelf life of pre-filled aerosol (without paint) is 24

months.
rrectness of i
After filling with paint, the shelf life of the aerosol is 1 week.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
3.17.7 2-pack surfacer

ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Designation: gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ 2-pack surfacer - LLS MAX 202 M2- , medium grey Prote
cted AG.
agen
Issued 03.2013
Product description
The 2-pack surfacer - LLS MAX 202 M2- , medium grey, is a high-
grade two-pack HS sanding surfacer. The raw material basis is
acrylic resins.
Properties:
♦ Constant atomisation pressure.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Finest aerosol dispersion.Volksw not
gu
by ara
ed
♦ Long pot life. oris nte
eo
th
au ra
♦ Optimum flow, sreliable
s application. c
ce
le
♦ Outstanding vertical stability. un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Excellent sanding properties.
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Very high coverage.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Excellent filling power.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Field of application: Clever Repair
t to the co
♦ First-class painting results.
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

nform
mercia
a
com
t
ion in
r
te o
Substrate
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
♦ Sheet steel, galvanised/zinc-plated sheet steel or soft alumi‐

n
t.
yi Co
op
nium, cleaned, sanded and coated with 2-pack wash primer - C py
ht. rig
LHV 043 000 A2- or 1-pack wash primer - LVM 044 007 A2- / rig ht
py by
-LVM 044 171 A2- .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Finely sanded, thoroughly cleaned original factory primer.
♦ Lightly sanded factory paint or old paint (except TPAs, ther‐
moplastic acrylics).
♦ Surfaces pre-treated with 2-pack polyester products and then
finely sanded.
♦ Cleaned and sanded UP-GF surfaces, free of release agents.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ aut , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
ho eo
ra
General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
old paint.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Application
Activation of 2-pack aerosol can:
– Shake before using.
– Remove red push button from cap and place on hardener mix‐
ing valve on bottom of can.

– Press in hardener mixing valve. When pressing down hard‐

ener mixing valve, be sure that the can is inverted.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re
– 8 hours at +20 ℃
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
s
iva
– Apply in 2-3 full spray coats with 5-10 minutes intermediate

do
r
rp
flash-off time between individual coats.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Spraying distance:
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– The specified thickness for the dry film is approx. 80 to 120 µm.
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

the valve is empty.

Drying
Air drying at ambient temperature of +20 ℃:
♦ 3 to 4 hours for dry-film thickness of 80-120 µm.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ir se
d ran
tee
tho
or
Force drying period at object temperature of s+60
au ℃ is 30 to 40 mi‐ ac
nutes for a film thickness of 80 to 120 µm. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Flash-off time with infrared drying is at least 5-10 minutes.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
For a film thickness 80 to 120 µm, the final flash-off time with in‐ Prote
cted AG.
agen
frared drying is 10 minutes (short wave) or 15 minutes (medium
wave).

Finishing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
305
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Genuine products
Recoating
Recoat with:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ 2-pack HS top coats agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack
oris HS clear coat
e nte
h eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
Note
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
filler.
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ After drying and intermediate sanding, treated spots can be
h re
hole
isolated again using 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX
spec
220 M1/M2- or a 2-pack HS Premium surfacer.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ When isolating (even on problem substrates), the best results
are achieved after 2 to 3 spray coats (medium film thickness
of 80-120 μm), after either air drying overnight, force drying or
rrectness of i
infrared drying. With problem substrates, careful pretreatment
is imperative, and the surfacer must be applied to the entire
l purpos
surface.
nf
ercia
o
LGF 786 004 A4- , grey, is recommended.
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
Caution
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
ht rig
rig ht
by
label of the spray can. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

terial
WARNING
♦ Coating materials ready for application which contain iso‐

cyanate may cause irritation to mucous membranes -
especially the respiratory organs - and cause hypersen‐
sitive reactions.
♦ Sensitisation may occur if vapours or spray mist are in‐
haled.
♦ Carefully observe all rules for working with coating mate‐
rials containing solvents when working with coating ma‐
terials containing isocyanate. Particular care must be
taken to prevent inhalation of spray mist and vapour.
♦ Persons suffering from allergies, asthma or other respira‐
tory problems should not work with coating products con‐
taining isocyanate.

Data
g/l.
Storage
3.17.8 2-pack clear coat

Designation:
♦ 2-pack clear coat - LLS MAX 210-
Issued 12.2010
Product description
The 2-pack clearcoat - LLS MAX 210- is a high-gloss 2-compo‐
nent clear coat for the permanent sealing of coated surfaces. It
was especially developed for partial repairs and refinishing jobs. . Volkswagen AG
This product has a long-lasting resistance to weathering and to kswagen AG does
chemicals, excellent petrol resistance, and it is very easy to pol‐ by Vol not
gu
ara
ish. The 2-pack clear coat has a very smooth flow. It is especially
rise
d
nte
used for larger surfaces (1 or 2 car parts). The raw material
utho
basis eo
ra
is acrylic resins. The hardener is based on isocyanate.ss a c
ce
le
un
Properties:
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Finest aerosol dispersion.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Excellent filling power.
hole
♦ Field of application: sport repairs and partial refinishes. spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

safety regulations must be worn:
nform
ercia
♦ Respirator mask, type A2/P2.

m
a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
Substrate
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ Solvent-based or waterborne base coats.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Old paintwork, cleaned and sanded.

General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015 olksw AG. V agen AG
agen does
olksw not
Substrate Suitability db
yV gu
ara
rise nte
1-pack base coat +++ tho eo
au ra
c
1-pack waterborne base coat +++ ss
ce
e
nl
pt
2-pack top coat ++
du
an
itte
y li
Old paintwork +++
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Application
wit
, is n
h re
Activation of 2-pack aerosol can:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Shake can well at least 2 minutes prior to activation.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

ener mixing valve, be sure that the can is turned upside down
(with cap on).
– Shake can well at least 2 minutes again after activation.


– 48 hours at +20 ℃
Note
The pot life depends on the ambient temperature. Higher tem‐

peratures lead to a shorter pot life, whereas lower temperatures
result in a longer pot life.

– Apply 1-2 full spray passes (30 µm per spray pass) with 10 to
15 minutes intermediate flash-off time.
Spraying distance:
Note

the valve is empty.
Drying
Air drying at ambient temperature of +20 ℃: 12 hours.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Flash-off time with force drying is at least 10-15 minutes. spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Force drying at +60 °C material temperature: 35 to 40 minutes.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Infrared drying is recommended.
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Shake again briefly before spraying each coat. lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
y
After fully emptying the spray can, dispose of as recycling
rise ma‐
d b ara
nte
terial utho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
WARNING
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
♦ Coating materials ready for application which contain iso‐
wit
, is n
cyanate may cause irritation to mucous membranes -
h re
hole
especially the respiratory organs - and cause hypersen‐
spec
sitive reactions.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Sensitisation may occur if vapours or spray mist are in‐
haled.
rrectness of i
♦ Carefully observe all rules for working with coating mate‐
rials containing solvents when working with coating ma‐
l purpos
terials containing isocyanate. Particular care must be

taken to prevent inhalation of spray mist and vapour.
nform
ercia
♦ Persons suffering from allergies, asthma or other respira‐

m
tory problems should not work with coating products con‐

a
com
tio
taining isocyanate.
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
Data
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Solids con‐ 33.8 % relating to the diluted paint.
Co
op py
tent: t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
Coverage: Approx. 0.5 to 0.75 m² per aerosol for dry film cop Vo
by lksw
thickness of 30 to 50 μm.
cted agen
Prote AG.
Degree of High-gloss finished.

gloss:
VOC con‐ 668 g/l ± 258 g per aerosol.
tent:

Storage
AG . Volkswagen AG
ksw
agen does
not
l
May be used until the date stated on the label at latest
by
V if stored in
o gu
ara
sealed original containers at +20 °C. ris
ed nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3.17.9 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer
Designation:
rrectness of i
♦ 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1- , beige
l purpos
(250 ml)
♦ 2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M2- , beige
nform
ercia
(400 ml)
m
a
Issued 03.2013
com
tion in
Product description
r
te o
thi
s
iva
2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- is a two-
do
r
rp
c
pack epoxy spray can to be used for small repairs. Do not use in
um
fo
en
g
areas directly exposed to stone chipping.

n
t.
yi Co
op py
When applied to the underbody, epoxy primer surfacer must be
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
protected by trim, body cladding, wheel housings and so on as p by
o Vo
by c
well as UBS material. All difficult-to-reach areas are to be sealed
lksw
cted agen
Prote
with wax underbody coating.
AG.

Properties:
♦ Flexible application
♦ Good corrosion protection
Substrate
♦ Well-sanded old paint or factory paint
♦ Genuine replacement part primer, sanded
lease agents
finely sanded

agen AG olksw
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 wage ➤ , Caddy 2004 d➤
n AG. V oes, Caddy 2011 ...
olks not
d by 11.2015
V gu
a
e ran
ris tee
Substrate pre-treatment: utho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
2-pack epoxy primer surfacer - LLS MAX 220 M1/M2- must not
be applied to PVB (acid-curing) primer surfacers or 1-pack pri‐
mers (e.g. synthetic resin).
Application
Application:
– Shake before using.


olks
wage es n
ot g
yV ua
db ran
rise tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
– 8 hours at +20 ℃
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004gen A➤
G. ,VCaddy
olkswage2011
n AG d ...
swa oes
General information, Paint - Edition 11.2015 y Volk not
gu b ara
ed nte
ris
Method of application: “spray”. au
tho e or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
off time.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Spraying distance:
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– At least +15 °C
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

nf
ercia
o
the valve is empty.
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
Drying
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Force trying time at +60-65 °C material temperature for a coat

thickness of 50-70 µm is 40-45 minutes.

Infrared drying time for a coat thickness of 50-70 µm using a short-

wave radiant heater is 3-5 minutes at 50% power and then
15-20 minutes at 100% power.
Further steps
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating
Recoat with:
♦ 2-pack HS top coats
Note

filler.
♦ After drying and intermediate sanding, treated spots can be
isolated again using 2-pack epoxy base filler - LLS MAX 220
M1/M2- .
Caution

The can must be shaken for approx. 2 minutes before using
and before triggering the hardener cartridge.
n AG. VolksShake
wagen AGagain
briefly before spraying each coat. lkswage does
not
Vo gu
by ara
After fully emptying the spray
or
ise can, dispose of as recycling ma‐
d
nte
terial au
th eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Data
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
max. 650 g/l.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Storage
rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Designation:
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ 2-pack wash primer - LLS MAX 230 M1- , olive-green (250 ml)
Issued 12.2013
Product description
The 2-pack wash primer - LLS MAX 230 M1- is a zinc chromate-
free, phenol-free, acid-curing two-pack wash primer.


Properties:
♦ Easy to apply
♦ Passivation qualities provide excellent corrosion protection
♦ For metal substrates
♦ Short time to recoating
♦ Long pot life
♦ Field of application: only spot repairs and small .repairs
Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oes
Technical data sheet Volks not
gu
by ara
ed
Substrate oris nte
eo
th
au ra
Suitable substrates: ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
finely sanded
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.



Application
Application:
– Shake the spray can thoroughly prior to activation with hard‐
ener to ensure good cross-linkage.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


– 4 days at +20°C

– Apply in 2 spray passes with 5-10 minutes intermediate flash-
off time.
Spraying distance:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Reaction temperature: Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
– At least +15 °C orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
– The specified thickness for the dry film is 8-12
ss a µm. c ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Note
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole
the valve is empty.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Drying
rrectness of i
♦ Recoatable after 20 to 30 minutes

l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Recoating
Recoat with:
Note
♦ The product is only suitable for recoating with a 2-pack HS AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
surfacer in a three-layer application. olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
♦ Do not use polyester, epoxy or water-based products for sub‐
ed
ris nte
o
sequent processing. aut
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ Do not directly overpaint with waterborne base coat or 2-pack
itte
y li
HS top coat.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Caution
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
The can must be shaken for approx. 2 minutes before using

and before triggering the hardener cartridge. Shake again
briefly before spraying each coat.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
i
terial
on
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Adhere to the safety data sheet. ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
♦ Wear personal protective equipment during application. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Data Prote AG.
max. 703 g/l.
Storage

3.17.11 Silicone remover - LLS MAX 007-

Designation:
♦ Silicone remover - LLS MAX 007-
Issued 10.2008
Product description
The silicone remover - LLS MAX 007- is a waterborne cleaning
agent, rich in active ingredients and with a reduced solvent con‐
tent. The raw material basis is a combination of specific solvents.
Properties:
♦ Aerosol formulation made for this specific product for easy ap‐
plication.
♦ Great cleaning and degreasing action.
♦ Reinforces adhesion properties.
♦ Very high coverage. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Uniform distribution. olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
nte
Technical data sheet horis
eo
aut ra
Application ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Recommended for:
an
d
itte
y li
rm
♦ Utility for parts painting and spot repairs.
ab
pe
ility
ot
♦ Perfectly suitable for pre-treating surfaces to be coated with
wit
, is n
Aquabase Plus waterborne base coats.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Painted or unpainted metal, plastic or glass surfaces (old or
factory paint jobs) which have been coated with a primer or
surfacer.
rrectness of i
Substrate Suitability
l purpos
Surfaces coated with primer +++

or surfacer
nform
ercia
Old or factory paint jobs +++

m
a
com
ti
Plastic parts +++

on in
r
te o
Metal/glass +++
thi
s
iva
do
r
Properties:
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
♦ Non-aggressive to painted surfaces. Cop
yi Co
py
ht. rig
♦ Removes all kinds of silicone and is an ideal cleaner of dirt and rig ht
py by
soot. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Removes body cavity sealant or wax.
♦ Removes resin-hardened grease residues, such as on door
hinges.
♦ Eliminates oil and grease residues.
♦ Ideal for dissolving tar.
♦ Removes adhesive residues, such as from labels.

Application
Note


– Apply one light spray pass of silicone remover right before ap‐
plying the subsequent paint coat, and immediately wipe dry
with a clean, dry cloth.
– Do not allow the silicone remover to evaporate from the sur‐
face. Only small areas may be treated simultaneously.
– Heavily soiled parts must be cleaned twice.
– Replace clothes often - do not use dirty clothes.
Note
After any interruption of the spray operation, hold the aerosol up‐
side down, and press the spray button
swa
gen Auntil
G. Volthe valve isdoempty.
kswagen AG
es
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
is nte
or eo
Caution auth ra
ss c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab

pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
terial
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Data
rrectness of i
Solids con‐ 0%
l purpos
tent:
Coverage: Approx. 0.75 to 1.0 m² per aerosol.
nform
ercia
Degree of Not applicable

gloss:
m
a
com
tio

n in
r
tent:
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
Amarok Vol 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC
ksw
a oes
not 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
by gu
ised General
ara
n information, Paint - Edition 11.2015
r tee
ho
ut or
Storage ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
May be used until the date stated on the label at latest if stored in itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
3.17.12 Slow-drying silicone remover - LLS MAX

008-
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Designation:
om
n in
c
♦ Slow-drying silicone remover - LLS MAX 008-

or
thi
te
sd
a
Issued 10.2008
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
Product description
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
The slow-drying silicone remover - LLS MAX 008- is a cleaning
C py
t. rig
gh
agent which is rich in active ingredients and whose key features
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
are the simple application and complete evaporation. The raw by c lksw
cted agen
material basis is a combination of specific solvents. Prote AG.
Properties:
plication.
♦ Easy to apply
♦ Complete evaporation.
♦ Removes silicone, grease, oil, wax, dirt, tar and soot.
♦ Mild, non-aggressive solvent.
Application
Recommended for:
♦ Utility for parts painting and spot repairs.
♦ Painted or unpainted metal, plastic or glass surfaces (old or
factory paint jobs) which have been coated with a primer or
surfacer.
Substrate Suitability
Surfaces coated with primer +++
or surfacer
Old or factory paint jobs +++
Plastic parts +++
Metal/glass +++

Properties:
♦ Non-aggressive to painted surfaces.
♦ Removes all kinds of silicone and is an ideal cleaner of dirt and
soot.
♦ Removes body cavity sealant or wax.
♦ Removes resin-hardened grease residues, such as on door
hinges.
♦ Eliminates oil and grease residues.
♦ Ideal for dissolving tar.
♦ Removes adhesive residues, such as fromVolabels.
lkswa AG. gen AG
agen does
Application olksw not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Note au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Apply one light spray pass of silicone remover to the surface
to be treated, and wipe dry with a clean, dry non-woven cloth.
rrectness of i
– Allow clean surface to dry completely.
l purpos
– Heavily soiled parts must be cleaned twice.

– Replace clothes often - do not use dirty clothes.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
Note
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
side down, and press the spray button until the valve is empty.
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Caution
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

terial
Data
Solids con‐ 0%
tent:
Coverage: Approx. 0.75 to 1.0 m² per aerosol.
gloss:
tent:

Storage
3.17.13 Blender
Designation:
♦ Blender - LLS MAX 009-
Issued 10.2008
Product description
The blender - LLS MAX 009- is used to achieve homogenous
paint transitions in the blending/edge areas between the existing
and newly applied paintwork. The raw material basis is a combi‐
nation of specific resins and solvents.
Properties:
plication.
♦ First-class painting results. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
♦ Ideal for spot repairs. d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
♦ Quick and easy to use. s aut ra
c
s
♦ Especially suitable for blending-in of 2-coat paints and single-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
coat 2-pack paints.

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Very good partial dissolving properties.

ility
ot p
♦ Easy to polish.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Smooth transitions in blend-in area.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Application
rrectness of i
Recommended for:
♦ Spot repairs, blending
l purpos
nf
ercia
♦ Apply right after spraying with 2-pack clear coat - LLS MAX
rm
m
210- or 2-pack top coat on the transition zones in the blend-in

atio
m
area.
o
n in
or c
thi
e
♦ The substrate in the fading edge transition zone should be

t
sd
iva
generously matted with an abrasive pad (P2000 to P4000

o
r
rp
cu
grade).
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Pretreatment: t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
♦ No special work needed directly before applying the blender. yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Application
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Note o
ir se
d ran
tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Protective gloves (e.g. latex or nitrile). ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Apply in multiple, light spray passes on the spray-mist edge
t to the co
zone of the 2-pack clear coat or 2-pack top coat until the tran‐
sition is homogenous.
rrectness of i
– No flash-off time required for 2-pack clear coat or 2-pack top
l purpos
coat.
nf
ercia
o
Note
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
side down, and press the spray button until the valve is empty.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Caution
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
terial
Data
Solids con‐ 4.8 %
tent:
Coverage: Approx. 0.5 m² per aerosol.
gloss:
tent:
Storage

3.17.14 Adhesion promoter

Designation:
♦ Adhesion promoter - LLS MAX 015- for plastics
Issued 10.2012 lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
Product description
ir se
d b ran
tee
tho
or
The adhesion
au promoter - LLS MAX 015- is a versatile single-pack
ac
ss
product suitable for all plastic parts commonly found on vehicle
ce
le
exteriors.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Properties:
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Easy to apply.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Good adhesion.
hole
spec
♦ High elasticity
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Substrate
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ All plastic parts commonly found on vehicle exteriors (PP,

EPDM, ABS, PC, PPO, PA, R-TPU, PBTP, PVC, PUR, PUR
nform
ercia
flexible foam, UP-GF).

m
a
com
tion in
r

te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
. Cop py
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

– Before priming, clean lightly once more with anti-static plastic

cleaner - LVM 001 001 A2- or slow-drying silicone remover -
LVM 020 100 A5- (with anti-static effect).

Application
Application:

– Apply one full coat (1-2 µm).
Spraying distance:
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Flash-off time is 10-15 minutes at +20 °C ambient temperature.
Note
♦ If spray work must be interrupted, ensure that the nozzle is

cleared to avoid clogging by inverting the can and spraying
until the valve is empty.
♦ When treating small sand-through spots (max. 5.0 cm in di‐
ameter), the adhesion promoter - LLS MAX 015- can be
recoated with top coat right away.
Finishing
Treat with:
♦ Elastic 2-pack HS surfacer (for elasticisation, see relevant da‐
ta sheet).
Recoat with:
♦ Waterborne base coat and 2-pack HS clear coats
Caution

n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es
Observe safetybyinformation
Vol
k
sheets as well as warnings
not
gu on the
label of the rspray
ised can. ara
nte
tho eo
Shakessbriefly
au before spraying each coat. ra
c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
terial
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Data
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
tent: gory IIB.e) in ready-to-spray form is max. 840 g/l

es, in part or in w
t to the co

g/l.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Storage
nform
ercia
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , ACC
n G. V2012
olkswa➤
gen, ACaddy
G do 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
wage es n
y Vo- Edition 11.2015
lks ot g
b ua
ed ran
ris tee
Storage conditions tho
or
au ac
ss
The recommended storage temperature for this product is +20 ℃
ce
le
un
to +25 ℃ (the temperature must not be below +5 °C).
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
3.18 Additional materials
l purpos
⇒ “3.18.1 Matting additive ALN 775 106 ”, page 330
nform
ercia
⇒ “3.18.2 Matting additive LVM 769 810 A2 ”, page 336

m
a
com
tio
⇒ “3.18.3 Texture additive”, page 339
n in
r
te o
thi
⇒ “3.18.4 Blending additive for Aquaplus”, page 344
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
⇒ “3.18.5 Additive for Aqua Premium”, page 344
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
3.18.1 Matting additive - ALN 775 106-
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Designation:
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Matting additive - ALN 775 106-
Prote AG.
Issued 04.2013
Product description
The matting additive - ALN 775 106- is an additive for 2-pack HS
top coats which produces a matt effect on painted plastic parts.
Substrate
♦ Hardened, well-preserved and lightly sanded old or factory
finish.
♦ Plastic parts coated with primer or surfacer.
Note
For plastic parts, see "The VW/Audi painting system for plastic
parts" (data sheet no. 5.74).


Application
Suitable for:
009 052 A3-
♦ 2-pack VHS hardener, extra slow-drying - LHA 009 053 A2- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
♦ See technical data sheet for 2-pack VHS hardener d by
V gu
ara
⇒ page 224 orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
Matting table: ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
Mixing ratio (in % by Gloss units (GU) as per DIN 67530
du
an
itte
weight)
y li
erm
ab
ility
Matting 2-pack HS 60° angle
ot p
additive - top coat
wit
, is n
h re
ALN 775
hole
106-
spec
es, in part or in w
10 90 85-95 GU*
t to the co
20 80 80-90 GU*
30 70 75-90 GU*
rrectness of i
40 60 60-90 GU*
l purpos
50 50 25-65 GU*
* Depending on colour. Lose of gloss when the matting additive nform
ercia
- ALN 775 106- is added is more characteristic for light colours

then for dark ones. The gloss degree produced also depends
m
at
om
on other factors (see "Factors influencing the degree of gloss").

on
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
a
Amarok 2011 ➤ , Beetleris2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004 ➤ ,raCaddy
ed
nte 2011 ...
o eo
General information, aPaint
ut
h
- Edition 11.2015 ra
ss c
ce
e
Mixing ratio
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Cross-linking of matting mixture:
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Mixing ratio: 4:1 by volume with
wit
, is n
h re
hole
(for small to medium-size areas at moderate temperatures)
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
009 052 A3- (for larger areas at moderate temperatures)
rrectness of i
(for large areas at high temperatures)
l purpos

⇒ page 224
nf
ercia
o
Thinner:
rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Application time/pot life: . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
– Mixed for spraying, 60 to 90 minutes at +20°C py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Application viscosity for +20 °C material temperature.

Application viscosity “compliant” and “HVLP”:
18-20 seconds

– Add 15 % thinner at +20 °C material temperature.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Two spray passes (with intermediate flash-off time) are nec‐

essary to achieve the recommended dry-film thickness of
50-60 µm.
Note
♦ It is not necessary to add the elastic additive - ALZ 011 001- .

♦ The matting additive - ALN 775 106- is not suitable for matting
clear coats.
♦ The matting additive - ALN 775 106- is thixotropic and be‐
comes liquid when stirred well. Shake the can well by hand,
or use a shaker, if possible. The material should also be stirred
in the mixing unit for 15 minutes before use.
♦ Adding the matting additive might influence the coverage.
♦ The actual gloss level achieved is influenced by a number of
factors apart from differences relating to the colour shade. The
following chart shows some additional parameters and their
effects on the degree of gloss.

Slower-drying hardeners Faster-drying hardeners
Slower-drying thinners Faster-drying thinners
Higher application viscosity Lower application viscosity
Factors influencing the degree of gloss:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ The actual gloss level produced depends on the hardener/lkswagen oes
not
thinner used, the application and the drying method asd bwell
y V as
o gu
ara
on the film thickness. Depending on the respective oparameter,
rise nte
the gloss level may vary by up to 20 %. au
th eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
Drying
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re

ole,
spec
♦ Dry overnight
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

. Volkswage AG n AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Final flash-off time with force drying isdat by least 5-10 minutes.
V gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Infrared drying with short-wave radiant heater: 5 minutes at 50%

power and 10 minutes at 100% power.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Adhere to the safety data sheet. agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
rised
nte
ho eo
ut
Data ss a ra
c
ce
e
nl
Viscosity as pastos
pt
du
an
supplied
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
VOC content: The EU limit value for this product (product cat‐ , is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
max. 600 g/l.
Storage
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
3.18.2 Matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2-

co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Designation:
Issued 10.2014
Product description
The matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2- is an additive for 2-pack
HS clear coats and 2-pack HS top coats which produces a matt
effect on painted metallic or plastic substrates.
The product is typically used when larger areas need to be pain‐
ted as well as for full-vehicle paint jobs, but also for painting small
and add-on parts.
Substrate
finish.
♦ Plastic or metal parts coated with primer or surfacer.
Note
Application
Suitable for:


♦ 2-pack HS Vario clear coat - L2K 769 K01 A2-
♦ 2-pack HS Optimum Plus clear coat - LZK 769geK07
n AG.A5-
Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
♦ 2-pack HS Brillant plus clear coat - LZK
d b 769 K05 A5-
yV gu
ara
e nte
ris
♦ 2-pack HS Performance clear coat
ut - LZK 769 K06 A5-
ho eo
ra
a c
ss
♦ 2-pack HS mixture paint/top coat - L2K 074/073...-
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
009 052 A3-
ole,
spec
t to the co
♦ See technical data sheet for the respective hardener
⇒ page 221 .
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f
inform
mer
atio
om
Adjusting the degree of gloss/matting; Application instructions
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
c
Note
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Refer to "Gloss level adjustment for 2-pack HS clear coats" (data Cop py
. rig
sheet no. 5.75) and "Paintwork repair system for vehicles with a
t
gh ht
yri by
matt finish" (data sheet no. 5.76). cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Application instructions
Note

♦ Shake or stir the matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2- well in gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
swa
the can. yV
olk not
gu
d b ara
e
♦ Mix the matting additive - LVM 769 810 A2- with 2-pack horHS
is nte
eo
clear coat or 2-pack HS top coat according to the respective
s aut ra
c
specifications. Add the hardener and the reducer right
s before
ce
e
application. The ready-to-spray mixture should be applied im‐
nl
pt
du
an
mediately. If the mixture is left to stand in the mixing cup or
itte
y li
spray gun cup for a longer period of time (15 min.), it must be
erm
ab
stirred again prior to further application (sedimentation behav‐
ility
ot p
iour).
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Adding the matting additive might influence the coverage.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ It is absolutely necessary to test the mixture on a spray sample
t to the co
prior to application in order to achieve the degree of gloss that
matches the vehicle. Measuring the degree of gloss (at an an‐
gle of 60°) on adjacent parts may also be helpful.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nent, e.g. a side panel, or Clever Repair is not possible.

nform
ercia

m
at
♦ The actual gloss level achieved is influenced by a number of
om
ion
factors apart from differences relating to the colour shade. The
c
in t
or
following chart shows some additional parameters and their
his
ate
effects on the degree of gloss.
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Faster-drying hardeners Slower-drying hardeners rig ht
py by
co Vo
Faster-drying thinners Slower-drying thinners
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Higher application viscosity Lower application viscosity
Factors influencing the degree of gloss:
♦ The actual gloss level produced depends on the hardener/
thinner used, the application and the drying method as well as
on the film thickness. Depending on the respective parameter,
the gloss level may vary by up to 20 %.
Drying

Force drying period at material temperature of +60-65 ℃ is 45 mi‐

nutes.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Data
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
max. 600 g/l.
l purpos
Storage
nform
ercia

m
at
om
sealed original containers at +20 °C. ion

c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.18.3 Texture additive

Designation:
♦ Fine texture additive - ALN 775 108-
Issued 04.2013
Product description
The fine texture additive - ALN 775 108- is designed to be added
to 2-pack HS top coats. The respective top coat is then converted
into a texture paint
that can be used for treating plastic vehicle parts.
Substrate
finish.
♦ Plastic parts coated with primer or surfacer.

Note
– Dry sand using orbital sander (P400 to P500 grade) and dust
collector.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
– Alternatively, wet sand with P800-grain sandpaper.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
Application
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Mixing ratio
Mixing ratio 1:1 by volume with 2-pack HS top coat:
– Then mix this 4:1 by volume with a suitable 2-pack VHS hard‐
ener.
See technical data sheet for 2-pack VHS hardener ⇒ page 224 .
Thinner:

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia

a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Amarok 2011 thor➤ , Beetle 2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy 2004
eo ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
u ra
ss a Paint - Edition 11.2015 c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Add 15 % thinner at +20 °C material temperature.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Adjust atomising pressure following manufacturer's instruc‐ C py
t. rig
tions to 0.7 bar for “HVLP”. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Two spray passes (with intermediate flash-off time of 5 to 10

minutes) are necessary to achieve the recommended dry-film
thickness of 50-60 µm.
Note

♦ The fine texture additive - ALN 775 108- is only suitable for
use on add-on parts (e.g. bumpers or spoilers).
♦ Various effects can be created using different spraying tech‐
niques and layer thicknesses.
♦ The fine texture additive - ALN 775 108- is thixotropic and be‐
comes liquid when stirred well.
Drying
♦ Dry overnight

The final flash-off time with infrared drying is 5 minutes.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility

ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Data
supplied
max. 600 g/l.
Storage
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
3.18.4 Blending additive for Aquaplus
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Designation:
h re
hole
spec
♦ Blending additive for Aquaplus - LVM 030 000 A2-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
For information on preparing and applying the blending additive rrectness of i

l purpos
for Aquaplus - LVM 030 000 A2- , refer to chapter

⇒ “3.7.4 Aquaplus blending system”, page 153 .
nf
ercia
or
3.18.5 Additive for Aqua Premium

m
m
atio
om
n in
c
Designation:
or
thi
te
sd
a
♦ Additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035 200 A2/A3-

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
♦ Additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035 300 A1-

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Additive for Aqua premium - LVM 035 300 A1/A3- / -LVM 035 C py
t. rig
301 A3-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Information on the preparation and application of the additives for

Aqua Premium is provided in the documentation for the respective
base material ⇒ “3.7.5 Aqua Premium system”, page 157 .

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Workshop equipment 345

4 Workshop equipment
⇒ “4.1 Tools”, page 346
⇒ “4.2 Tack cloths”, page 357
4.1 Tools
⇒ “4.1.1 Spray can filling device VAS 6425 ”, page 346
. Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oe
⇒ “4.1.2 Paint thicknessy Vtester
olks VAS 6272 ”, page 347s not gu
b ara
ed
⇒ “4.1.3 Paint thickness
ho
ris tester VAS 6197 ”, page 347 nte
e
t or
au ac
⇒ “4.1.4 Paintssthickness tester VAS 5278 ”, page 347
ce
e
nl
pt
⇒ “4.1.5 Stone chip tester VAS 5102A ”, page 349
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “4.1.6 Pneumatic brush grinder set VAS 6446 ”, page 350
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “4.1.7 Brush grinder set VAS 6776 ”, page 351
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “4.1.8 Suction feed spray-gun V.A.G 1538 ”, page 352
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “4.1.9 Infrared heater VAS 6873 ”, page 353
t to the co
⇒ “4.1.10 Stand VAS 6873/1 ”, page 353
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at

om
ion
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
riv
4.1.1 Spray can filling device - VAS 6425-

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
Designation:
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Spray can filling device - VAS 6425-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Product description Prote
cted AG.
agen
The spray can filling device is a pneumatic filling device for filling
paint spray cans with premixed base coats and top coats without
the need for cleaning. The device is suitable for filling 1-pack fill
clean spray cans - LLS MAX 100- , which can be ordered via ⇒
ETKA (Electronic Parts Catalogue) .
Size:
♦ Diameter: 132 mm
♦ Height: 366 mm
♦ Door height: 123 mm
♦ Filling cylinder: diameter 135 mm, height 65 mm, max. fill vol‐
ume 100 ml
♦ Support base dimensions: 250 x 250 x 2 mm
Technical data
♦ Pneumatic filling principle
♦ Filling pressure: 8-10 bar / 100-130 psi
♦ Bursting point: approx. 60 bar /approx. 870 psi
♦ Operating temperature: +5 °C to +50 °C
♦ Gross weight: 4.23 kg

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Amarok 2011 ➤ ,dBeetle
by
V
2012 ➤ , CC 2012 ➤ , Caddy gu 2004 ➤ , Caddy 2011 ...
ara
e nte
horis General information, Paint
e o - Edition 11.2015
aut ra
ss c
♦ Net weight 4.00 kg
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Items supplied:
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Spray can filling device including metal cylinder
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Compressed air hose including coupling
h re
♦ Securing bolt with washer hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Base plate
♦ Adapter for 250 ml can
rrectness of i
4.1.2 Paint thickness tester - VAS 6272-
l purpos
Designation:
nform
ercia
♦ Paint thickness tester - VAS 6272-

m
at
Product description
om
ion
c
in t
or
The paint thickness tester VAS 6272 is a combination tester for
his
te
the non-destructive measurement of paint thickness on steel, fer‐

a
do
riv
rous and non-ferrous metals. The menu guide and trouble-free

p
cum
or
calibration and setting of new parameters make this an ideal unit

f
en
ng
t.
yi
for workshops and quality assurance. The ergonomic shape of
Co
op py
the device with an integrated measuring probe and simple oper‐
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
ation allow extremely precise test results. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Technical data Prote AG.
Measuring range: continuous from 0 to 3500 µm

Items supplied:
1 measuring device

Designation:
Product description
Fully electronic paint thickness tester with 2 independently func‐
tioning probes and liquid crystal display. Measurements are pos‐
sible on various metallic substrates. For example, all non-
magnetic layers on steel or iron and all isolating layers on non-
ferrous metals such as aluminium and copper. Calibration is not
necessary due to the use of Hall sensor technology.
Technical data
Measuring range: 0 to 5000 µm for both sensors
Items supplied:
♦ Paint thickness tester
♦ Case
♦ Reference plates
♦ Battery

Designation:

Product description
The paint thickness tester allows precise and non-destructive
paint thickness measurement on steel and iron or non-ferrous
metals. The electronic tester with LCD digital display indicates the
measurement data according to selection via the menu.
Technical data
♦ Continuous measuring range: 0-5000 µm or 0-200 mils
♦ Tolerance: +/- 1 µm or +/- 0.06 mils
♦ Temperature range: 0 °C to 60 °C
♦ Power supply: 9 Volt alkaline
♦ 4-digit liquid crystal display (LCD)
Items supplied:
♦ 1 tester for steel and iron
♦ 1 tester for non-ferrous metals
♦ 1 carrying case
♦ 2 zero plates
♦ Operating instructions
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.1.5 Stone chip tester - VAS 5102A-

Designation:
♦ Stone chip tester - VAS 5102A-
Product description
The stone chip tester - VAS 5102A- has been developed by VW
AG and allows the user to recognise whether paint damage is the
result of a fault in material or application or whether it has been
caused by excessive mechanical stress, for example stone chip‐
ping or scratching. The test is based on the simulation of average
impact on vehicle paintwork in road traffic of low-mass bodies,
e.g. sand or gravel, travelling at a high velocity.
Note
♦ The testing procedure is described in detail in the catalogue

"Assessment of Vehicle Paintwork".
♦ The unit is subject to an annual inspection by the manufactur‐
er. A charge will be levied for this service.
Items supplied:
♦ 1 stone chip tester with battery-powered
gen AG
. Volkswagmetering
en AG
does device,
swa
pressure regulator and
yV
olkhose not
gu b ara
ed
♦ 1 mains connector
tho
ris nte
e or
au ac
♦ Calibrationssstand with test scales
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Illuminated magnifier
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Film with angles marked

erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Adhesive tape, 25 mm wide

wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ Filling knife and scissors

spec
♦ Granulate feeder with 10 x 100 g granulate

t to the co
♦ Hard case with rollers

♦ 100 each VW and Audi seals
rrectne
♦ Operating instructions, evaluation scale, test certificate, test

s
plan
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.1.6 Pneumatic brush grinder set - VAS

6446-
Designation:
♦ Pneumatic brush grinder set - VAS 6446-
The pneumatic brush grinder set - VAS 6446- serves as a surface
treatment tool.
Suitable for removal of undercoating, sealants and other adhesive
materials. Corrosion removal and paint removal in body area.
With pore-deep cleaning and sand blasting effect, protects the
material and has a material compressing effect. Low speed.
Items supplied:
♦ 1 pneumatic brush grinder set
♦ 1 holder for brush grinder strap 23/28 mm
♦ 1 holder for brush grinder strap 11/28 mm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ 1 brush grinder strap 23/28 mm by Vo gu
ara
d
ise nte
♦ 2 brush grinder straps 11/28 mm uthor eo
a ra
s c
♦ 3 special brush grinder straps 11/28/17 mm s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.1.7 Brush grinder set - VAS 6776-

Designation:
♦ Brush grinder set - VAS 6776-
n AG. Volkswagen A
The device is designed to clean surfaces olks
wand
age to remove corrosion
G do
es n
ot g
in areas that are difficult to reach.d bSuitable
y V for joints, grooves, ua
ran
wheel housings, flange edges,ordoor folds, etc. The device is
ise
tee
pneumatically operated. au th or
a
ss c
Design, features and technical data:
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ A polyamide belt with wire bristles rotates in a mounting sys‐

itte
y li
rm
tem.
ab
pe
ility
ot
♦ The mounting system is powered by a pneumatic drive unit.
wit
, is n
h re
♦ The accelerator rod multiplies the contact force of the bristles.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Corrosion and layers are stripped down to the pores.
t to the co
Technical data:
♦ Weight: 1.1 kg.
rrectness of i
♦ Thread size of pneumatic connection: 1/4" PT (G 1/4" inclu‐
l purpos
ded).
♦ Hose diameter: 3/8" ID (9.5mm).
nform
ercia
♦ Speed: 0-2600 rpm.

m
a
com
tion in
♦ Air pressure: 7.5 bar / 110 psi.
r
te o
thi
s
♦ Air consumption: 14.2 CFM (400 l/min.).
iva
do
r
rp
cum
♦ Vibration: 1.45 m/sec² (EN ISO 8662-1; 8662-4).
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Noise level: 84 dB (DIN 45635-21; ISO 3744). Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Items supplied: p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ 1 brush grinder drive unit Prote AG.
♦ 1 x 11 mm mounting system VAS 6446/2

♦ 1 swivel joint VAS 6446/9
♦ 1 air pressure regulator VAS 6446/8
♦ 2 brush grinder belts VAS 6776/1
♦ 2 brush grinder belts, left VAS 6776/2
♦ 2 brush grinder belts, right 6776/3
♦ 2 brush grinder belts, stainless steel VAS 6776/4
♦ 2 accelerator rods, inc. arm for use with brush grinder belt for
stainless steel
♦ 1 hard shell case
Replacement parts:
♦ Brush grinder belt - AS 6776/1- ASE 36308300000
♦ Brush grinder belt - VAS 6776/2- ASE 36308400000
♦ Accelerator rod - VAS 6776/5- ASE 46308700000
♦ Accelerator rod - VAS 6776/6- ASE 46308800000

4.1.8 Suction feed spray-gun - V.A.G 1538-

Designation:
♦ Suction feed spray-gun - VAG 1538-
Tool for sealing cavities in all new and used cars and for applying
AG. Volkswagen AG d
underbody sealant. lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
Design, features and technical data: ris
edb ran
tee
tho or
Special gun with safety check valve ands quick release
au coupling ac
for probe. s
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Max. spray pressure: 10 bar.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Air connection thread: R 1/4".
ility
ot p
wit
♦ Air consumption: Approx. 100 l/min.
is n
h re
ole,
♦ Weight: 1300 g.
spec
Items supplied:
t to the co
♦ Suction feed spray-gun
rrectne
♦ 1 litre steel can, painted
♦ Flexible hook probe - V.A.G 1538/1-
ss o
♦ Nylon probe - V.A.G 1538/2-
cial p
f inform
Replacement parts:
mer
atio
m
♦ Hook probe - V.A.G 1538/1-

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
♦ Nylon probe - V.A.G 1538/2-
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Recommended accessories are listed in the ⇒ Catalogue Work‐ rig ht
py by
shop equipment and Special tools available under volkswagen-
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
service.net. Prote AG.

4.1.9 Infrared heater - VAS 6873-

Designation:
♦ Infrared heater - VAS 6873-
Short-wave infrared heater is used for quick drying of putty, filler,
undercoat, top coat and clear coat for minor repairs.
Technical data:
♦ 220-240 V, 1 PH+PE
♦ 4A
Items supplied: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Complete hand-held heater with plug and by V operating instructions
o gu
ara
ed
is nte
Replacement parts: ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
Stand - VAS 6873/1- ASE 434s 392 00 000
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Note
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Refer to manufacturer's operating instructions.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
4.1.10 Stand - VAS 6873/1-
t to the co
Designation:
rrectness of i
♦ Stand - VAS 6873/1-
l purpos
Stand - VAS 6873/1- with timer
nform
ercia
Technical data:
m
at
om
io
♦ 220-240 V, 1 OH+PE
n
c
in t
or
his
e
Items supplied:
at
do
priv
cum
Complete stand with timer and assembly instructions

for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Note rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Refer to manufacturer's assembly instructions. Prote AG.


Designation:
The infrared heater is used to dry putty, filler, base coat, top coat
and clear coat on vertical surfaces with 2 timers for flashing off
and curing.
Technical data:
♦ 230 V, 1 PH+PE
♦ 3 KW
♦ 13 A
Items supplied:
Note
Observe manufacturer's instructions for assembly and use.

Designation: agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
♦ Infrared heater - VAS 6875- ed byV gu
ara
ris nte
o
Product description: aut
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
and clear coat on vertical or horizontal surfaces with 2 timers for

an
d
itte
flashing off and curing.

y li
erm
ab
ility
Technical data:
ot p
wit
is n
♦ 230 V, 1 PH +PE
h re
ole,
spec
♦ 3 KW
t to the co
♦ 13 A
Items supplied:
rrectne

ss o
cial p
Note
inform
mer

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Designation:
and clear coat on vertical or horizontal surfaces.
♦ Short-wave infrared heater with one head
♦ 2 output stages with 12 pre-programmed settings and 3 user-
defined programs with automatic timer control
♦ Automatic distance measurement
Technical data:
♦ 400 V, 3 PH+PE
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ 3 KW Volksw not
gu
d by ara
e
♦ 5A horis nte
eo
aut ra
♦ 16A fuse with delayed
ss action c
ce
le
un
Items supplied:
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.1.14 Infrared heater - VAS 6877- rrectness of i
l purpos
Designation:
nform
ercia
m
a
com
ti
on in

r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
cum
fo
♦ 2 output stages with 12 pre-programmed settings and 3 user-

en
ng
t.
yi
defined programs with automatic timer control
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ Automatic distance measurement
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Technical data:
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ 400 V, 3 PH+PE
♦ 6 KW
♦ 9A
♦ 16A fuse with delayed action
Items supplied:
Note


Designation:
♦ 12 pre-programmed settings and 3 user-defined programs
♦ Fully automatic drying process with pyrometer for temperature
control, laser pointer and automatic distance measurement
Technical data:
♦ 400 V, 3 PH+PE
♦ 6 KW
♦ 9A
Items supplied:
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Observe manufacturer's instructions d by Vfor assembly and use.
o gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
4.1.16 Infrared heater - VAS 6879- ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Designation:
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Short-wave infrared heater with two heads

♦ 12 pre-programmed settings and 3 user-defined programs
rrectness of i
♦ Fully automatic drying process with pyrometer for temperature

l purpos
control, laser pointer and automatic distance measurement

Technical data:
nform
ercia
♦ 400 V, 3 PH+PE
m
at
om
io
♦ 12 KW
n
c
in t
or
his
e
♦ 9A
at
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Items supplied: . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
Complete stand with timer and assembly instructions py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

4.2 Tack cloths

⇒ “4.2.1 Tack cloth VAS 6177 ”, page 357
⇒ “4.2.2 Buffing cloth, white VAS 6176 ”, page 357
⇒ “4.2.3 Professional cleaning cloth VAS 6006 ”, page 358
4.2.1 Tack cloth - VAS 6177-

Designation:
♦ Tack cloth - VAS 6177-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Product description: ksw
agen oes
not
ol
yV gu
Tack cloth with extremely effective soft
ised b tack properties for critical ara
nte
cleaning tasks. Unlike other tackutcloths,
ho
r
this cloth does not leave eo
any chemical residue on the surface
ss a or on the hands. This as‐ ra
c
sures that the surface to be treated is free from adhesive residue
ce
le
un
and fingerprints. The risk of streaks forming is considerably re‐
pt
an
d
itte
duced as a result, particularly when using water-based paints.
y li
erm
ab
Modern fleece weave technology makes this cloth lint-free and
ility
ot p
resistant to fraying. It is also highly suitable for plastic repairs be‐
wit
cause it reduces the static charge of plastic parts.
is n
h re
ole,
Size: 380 x 430 mm
spec
Application:
t to the co
♦ Intermediate cleaning prior to application of further coats
rrectne
♦ Removal of dry particles prior to application of top coat
♦ Cleaning plastic parts
ss o
Items supplied:
cial p
f inform
6 cloths per bag, 30 bags per box
mer
atio
m
Folded 4 times and stored in zip-lock bags

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
4.2.2 Buffing cloth, white - VAS 6176-
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
Designation:
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Buffing cloth, white - VAS 6176- t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
Product description: p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Extremely soft cloth for delicate, demanding polishing. A combi‐ Prote AG.
nation of viscose and polyester fibres make the cloth particularly
soft. The special fleece structure prevents loose threads, fraying
and the development of lint. Because there are no additives that
cause streaks, the cloth is also ideally suited for buffing chrome,
glass and interior parts.
Size: 400 x 365 mm per cloth
Application:
♦ Hand polishing
♦ Finishing exterior surfaces
♦ Cleaning interior
Items supplied:
275 tear-off fleece cloths in a dispenser box

4.2.3 Professional cleaning cloth - VAS 6006-

Designation:
♦ Professional cleaning cloth - VAS 6006-
Product description: agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
The cloth is suitable for cleaning dust and micro dust from dryed b y V gu
ara
surfaces. It has anti-static properties when used to clean plastics,
horis nte
eo
glass, paintwork, monitor screens etc. Its cleaning properties
aut are ra
c
even more impressive when moistened. Every smooth surfacess
is
ce
le
deep cleaned with just one motion. The cloth is free from chemi‐
un
pt
an
cals and is wear resistant. It achieves a maximum cleaning effect
d
itte
y li
without chemical impregnation. However, if required, all types of
rm
ab
pe
cleaning solution can be used with the cloth. A fibre-splitting proc‐
ility
ot
ess increases the surface structure of the cloth 1400 fold. The
wit
, is n
fibres have a capillary effect which binds the removed dirt deep
h re
hole
in the cloth. Thus the surface of the cloth remains clean and ef‐
spec
fective, and the cloth is always available for further use. Surface
es, in part or in w
t to the co
friction polarises dust, dirt, grease and fluid molecules so that they
are loosened from the surface to be cleaned without the need for
chemical agitators.
rrectness of i
Size: 320 x 320 mm
l purpos
Application:
♦ Cleaning of body surfaces in preparation for paint spraying
nform
ercia
♦ Removal of wax remains from anti-corrosion measures

m
a
com
tion in
♦ Removal of dirt from vehicle interior i.e. textile and leather ma‐
r
te o
terials
thi
s
iva
do
r
♦ Cleaning windows and mirrors

rp
cum
fo
en
g
♦ Cleaning cockpit
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
♦ Degreasing metal objects such as tools etc.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ Numerous other applications in the office and household
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Items supplied:
1 cloth, 320 x 320 mm in plastic jacket

SM 4 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SM 4 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service

Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf 2015 ➤,

ss Golf Cabriolet 2012 ➤ ,

Golf Plus 2005 ➤ , Golf Plus 2009 ➤ , ce

Golf Sportsvan 2015 ➤ , y li

Golf Variant 2010 ➤ ,

Golf Variant 2014 ➤ ,

Golf Variant 2015 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ ,

Jetta 2015 ➤ , New Beetle 1999 ➤ ,

New Beetle Cabrio 2003 ➤ ,

Passat 2006 ➤ , Passat 2011 ➤ ,

Passat (NMS - US) 2012 ➤ ,

Passat (NMS - US) 2016 ➤ ,

Passat Variant 2006 ➤ ,

Passat Variant 2011 ➤ ,

Passat Variant 2015 ➤ , Phaeton 2003 ➤ ,

Service Department. Technical Information

Polo Lim IN 2016 ➤ ,

e-up! 2014 ➤ , up! 2012 ➤

General information, Paint t to the co

Service Department. Technical Information

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics,

because their careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to

precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a matter of course, be

Copyright © 2016 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B802605A6

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2016 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B802605A6

2.11 ACC — Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

3.1 Paint products in customer service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . yi

1.1 Safety precautions when painting natu‐

Excessively high drying temperatures endanger life! High tem‐

in the presence of sparks, can produce a jet of flames. This

♦ Never expose gas-conducting components to tempera‐

tures higher than +60°C.

♦ For drying in an oven above +60°, first remove all tanks

♦ For infrared drying, never expose gas-conducting compo‐

Observe safety precautions and other instructions when working

Observe safety precautions ⇒ Fuel supply system – natural gas

engines; Rep. gr. 00 ; Safety precautions

Remove fuel tank ⇒ Fuel supply system – natural gas engines;

Rep. gr. 20 ; Fuel tank; Removing and installing fuel tank

♦ ⇒ Self-study Programme No. 425; Natural gas drive EcoFuel

Safety precautions when working on electric drive:

2 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data

5- 2-pack uni (solid-colour) top coat

Structure of a uni (solid-colour) paint finish, waterborne paint

5- Waterborne base coat

Structure of metallic and pearlescent finish (waterborne paint)

Structure of a two-coat paint finish (conventional)

Structure of the 2010-process finish (waterborne paint)

Coat thickness approx. 80-120 µm

5- 2-pack clear coat

4 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data

Structure of a three-coat paint finish (waterborne paint)

♦ The specifications of coat thickness are approximate because

2.2 Paintwork in Aftersales

♦ Please make sure

♦ that zinc/electrophoretic primer layer is fully present on un‐

painted inner surfaces.

♦ that inner weld flanges and sanded-through spots are treated

with INOX spray - D 007 600 A1- .

To restore the contours of bodywork surfaces, filler materials are

nowadays considered as an integral part of bodyshop construc‐